JOURNAL

of the

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY |

ONTARIO —

Volume One Hundred and Thirty-Seven

2006

Published July 2007

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF ONTARIO

OFFICERS AND GOVERNORS

2006-2007

President: Webmaster:

B. HELSON D. B. LYONS

Natural Resources Canada, Canadian Forest Service

1219 Queen St E., Sault Ste. Marie, ON P6A 2E5

bhelson@nrcan.gce.ca

President-Elect:

R. HALLETT

Dept. of Environmental Biology,

University of Guelph, Guelph, ON NIG 2W1

rhallett@uoguelph.ca

Past President:

J. HUBER

Natural Resources Canada, Canadian Forest Service

c/o Eastern Cereal and Oilseed Research Centre

960 Carling Ave., Ottawa, ON K1A 0C6

huberjh@agr.gc.ca

Secretary:

D. HUNT

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada G.P.C.R.C.

2585 County Road 20, Harrow, ON NOR 1G0

huntd@agr.gc.ca

Treasurer:

K. BARBER

Natural Resources Canada, Canadian Forest Service

1219 Queen St E., Sault Ste. Marie, ON P6A 2E5

kbarber@nrcan.ge.ca

Librarian:

J. BRETT

Library, University of Guelph

Guelph, ON NIG 2W1

Directors:

D. CURRIE (2007-2009)

Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, Ontario

H. FRASER (2005-2007)

Ontario Ministry of Agriculture and Food

Vineland Resource Centre, P.O. Box 8000

4890 Victoria Avenue North

Vineland, ON LOR 2E0

M. PICKLES (2005-2007)

3252 Garner Road, Niagara Falls, ON L2E 6S4

J. SKEVINGTON (2007-2009)

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada

960 Carling Ave., Ottawa, ON K1A 0C6

L. TIMMS (2006-2008)

Faculty of Forestry, University of Toronto

Toronto, ON MSS 3B3

S. VANLAERHOVEN (2006-2008)

Dept. of Biology, University of Windsor

Windsor, ON N9B 3P4

Natural Resources Canada, Canadian Forest Service

1219 Queen St E., Sault Ste. Marie, ON P6A 2E5

Student Representative:

A. THIELMAN

Brock University, St. Catharines, ON L2S 3A1

Newsletter Editor:

J. ALLEN

Ontario Ministry of Agriculture, Food and Rural Affairs

1 Stone Road West, Guelph, ON NIG 4Y2

EDITORIAL COMMITTEE

Scientific Editor:

M. H. RICHARDS*

Dept. of Biological Sciences, Brock University

St. Catharines, ON L2S 3A1

miriam.richards@brocku.ca

Technical Editor: A. Rutgers-Kelly

Layout Artist: A. Rutgers-Kelly

Associate Editors:

A. BENNETT

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada

960 Carling Ave., Ottawa ON K1A 06C

N. CARTER

Ontario Ministry of Agriculture and Food

Vineland, ON LOR 2E0

R. HARMSEN

Biology Department, Queen’s University

Kingston, ON N7L 3N6

Y. MAUFFETTE

Faculté des sciences, Département des sciences biologiques

Université 4 Québec Montréal, Montréal, QC H3C 3P8

J. SKEVINGTON

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada

Eastern Cereal and Oilseed Research Centre

960 Carling Ave., Ottawa, ON K1A 0C6

*Please submit manuscripts electronically to the Editor

(miriam.richards@brocku.ca).

ISSN 1713-7845

JOURNAL

of the AUG 15 2007

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF ONTARIO =)

VOLUME 137 ‘an 2006

It has been a pleasure for me to serve as Special Editor for the D. H. Pengelly tribute

volumes, and to work with regular Editor Miriam Richards to line up a diverse assemblage

of papers touching on the range of entomological disciplines influenced by Dave Pengelly

(1922-2004). Dave was widely known, and is fondly remembered, as a fantastic teacher of

entomology and as a huge contributor to the development of the University of Guelph Insect

Collection; but he is also sorely missed as a seemingly infinite reservoir of entomological

trivia, anecdotes, insightful stories, jokes, support, and wise advice. Almost all of the

authors in these volumes were strongly influenced by Professor Pengelly, most shared his

enthusiasm and passion for collecting and identifying insects, and many worked with Dave

to build up the University of Guelph Insect Collection. Although now widely appreciated as

a treasure trove of information about faunal change and insect distribution while also serving

as the foundation for a growing body of taxonomic research, the University of Guelph

Insect Collection during Pengelly’s tenure was a beleaguered resource used mostly as a

source of specimens for a myriad of entomology courses including the hands-on third year

entomology labs that Dave taught every weekday. It is a testimonial to his foresight that he

not only kept the collection from deterioration or destruction due to invasions of dermestid

beetles and indiscriminate colleagues, he consistently built up the collection and increased

its curatorial level annually. He did not do this alone, of course. Professor Pengelly had a

contagious vision of what was needed to improve our understanding of Ontario’s insects

and his enthusiasm for the study of insect biology and diversity was such that he was alway:

associated with dedicated students. Thousands of specimen labels in the insect collect:

bear the names of most of the authors of papers in these volumes, standing as permane

testimoniais to a shared vision that started with students working with their ment

University of Gueiph, and which continues through the widely dispersed weiss: reseai

and publications by Dave’s students and colleagues today. | think he wouid have liked thes:

sets of papers, and he would have been pleased to see them published in the journa

he supported so selfiessly ... almost every copy of this journa! sent out during the i6 yea!

period “D.H.” was Secretary-Treasurer of the ESO was sent out by Dave personally. We

wish he were still here to send this one out!

Steve Marshall

Special Editor

JESO Volume 137, 2006

IN MEMORIAM: DAVID HARVEY PENGELLY

March 22, 1922 - October 31, 2004

The ancient Roman Naturalist Lucretius said: “No single thing abides but all must

flow, Fragment to fragment clings, the things thus grow, Until we know and name them and

by degrees they melt and are no more the things we know”.

Knowing and naming insects was Dave’s life-long passion. This passion was

manifest in his commitment to The Entomological Society of Ontario, to the science of

Entomology, and to his teaching.

Dave’s life of research and teaching involved his own take on the natural history of

insects. His beginnings were with the megachilids, camping with Fran and their two young

boys in the Bruce Peninsula among the Black Widow Spiders and Massassauga rattlers

which are now much less abundant.

Dave was Secretary Treasurer of the Society for as long as present members can

remember. With his appointment, he became the curator of the university insect collection,

which had its origins with the Entomological Society in the nineteenth century. He fathered

the growth, preservation, housing, and display of one of the largest insect collections in

Canadian universities. Few really knew what he accomplished unassisted.

First and foremost for Dave was his teaching of Systematics and the Natural

History of Insects. He had the heaviest teaching load in the department. His efforts and

teaching abilities were recognized when he received the Outstanding Teacher Award. All

his students held him in high regard and affection.

Dave had a great sense of humor and was a great storyteller. Through the many

stories he told, the origins and inspiration for Dave’s success as a teacher could be traced.

De—mobbed from the air force, Dave became an undergraduate at the University of Alberta.

Here Dave was immediately attracted to the great teacher and mentor, Professor E. Harold

Strickland, himself a WW1 veteran who was the sole entomologist and head of department

for many years.

In remembering David Pengelly, we each relive the very best of university

traditions ... the tradition of one generation inspiring and mentoring the next as companions

in this great enterprise. This memorial issue of the journal is an eloquent example of this

tradition.

Stuart E. Dixon

tear

e ie & (=~! a)

a al

‘

_— ‘ e

: o- - 3

pettess (tes teed wks ttn ceri th aero au doin aovrrae rai \

Ring trot? Orrin Os wona. an {inet} eto wuss agshirts say, rans.

ye, oflf fain soto jn \. gaara heut any svat] ra nea aye

iroalles 292 nnevinu sit TO otitis oi ames od sneering sii

patil of | vu itcpptetien wid a Viod ne iniinchouvelosd att ad

mntroaling tyéeni ieiyie of) to sae te-eeige> foe giao 2 ;

petite SV ageitle at svar Of Sf tt ore Gogh

ge om ;

none oo ch oh! <foveth anw-étyeiai geituan bas

his vawtoré te sigiisaniiad oth 2 inouttinang 2

. qin or

al Tees oo all b rho soe ppremtigusal bene, thon Mb att

its Ohta Ot \y sie aa TT

yh ei, Dowlt! call Bipot atiiteaie a 2.

jinbrucie sash thogeaa

we Se Se wth ature? ott ta tia:

i Si

bow ts Sse sibaleormeagin yt hasty wvoug cash we

?ahio vl racing's) 2m Dow Gani MeV OS ott Bada iva

ivctintt pertuent’ snbligntedud} edt tend bene os carte boeing enamel

wit zs bie binges deg ttl eed

i j ) rie 4 mist ia seth suai a

a ste ) wit noventinjani bas wtigrip ott by

scared | r15 ha my Aa

ie) . os hate ¢!alerkienend anwih

nung See ot) ow ober ammatee [WWE teenie a

CME:

rire q bived sohederainet Ae

s Ooh oe » mertiban nega

worn au) santas

Ectoparasites of Nighthawk and Whip—poor-—will JESO Volume 137, 2006

ECTOPARASITES (PHTHIRAPTERA: PHILOPTERIDAE;

ACARI: IXODIDAE) OF COMMON NIGHTHAWK, CHORDEILES

MINOR, AND WHIP-POOR-WILL, CAPRIMULGUS VOCIFERUS

(CAPRIMULGIFORMES: CAPRIMULGIDAE), INMANITOBA

T. D. GALLOWAY

Department of Entomology, University of Manitoba,

Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3T 2N2

email: Terry _Galloway@umanitoba.ca

Abstract | J. ent. Soc. Ont. 137: 5-11

Samples of 103 salvaged Common Nighthawks (Chordeiles minor (Forster))

and seven Whip—poor—wills (Caprimulgus vociferous Wilson) were examined

for ectoparasites in Manitoba during 1992-2004. Two nighthawks were

infested with the rabbit tick, Haemaphysalis leporispalustris (Packard), and

64 (62.1%) with the chewing louse, Mulcticola macrocephalus (Kellogg), at a

mean intensity of 13.5. Louse infestation fits a negative binomial distribution

(k=0.299; mean/variance ratio=18.5); females outnumbered males in the total

sample, males:females=0.66. Prevalence of infestation was lower in adult

birds examined during May and June (37.5%; n=16) than in mixed—age birds

examined from 31 July to December (64.7%; n=85), though mean intensity

was similar (17.7 versus 13.6, respectively). Two of seven Whip—poor-—wills

were infested with an undescribed Mulcticola sp.

Published July 2007

Introduction

Many people are familiar with the two species of goatsuckers (Caprimulgiformes:

Caprimulgidae) found in Manitoba. Common Nighthawks, Chordeiles minor (Forster), are

usually seen flying erratically high overhead in their search for aerial prey, particularly at

dusk on warm summer evenings. Their distinctive call and white patches on the undersides

of their wings make them readily identifiable, and they are unlikely to be confused with any

other species. The Whip—poor—will, Caprimulgus vociferus Wilson, makes the familiar,

“Whip—poor—will! Whip—poor—will! Whip—poor—will!” call that has kept many a camper

awake into the wee hours of the morning. As familiar as these birds may be, few people

have seen them up close. Both are secretive during the day and well camouflaged so that

detection is difficult. The greatest chance of seeing a nighthawk on the ground might be

when an injured bird is found, although occasionally they rest in the open (Taylor and

Holland 2003). Despite their abundance in North America, details of the biology of the

Common Nighthawk and the Whip—poor—will are poorly known (Poulin et al. 1996; Cink

2002).

Galloway JESO Volume 137, 2006

Apart from the original description of the chewing louse, Mulcticola macrocephalus

(Kellogg) (Phthiraptera: Philopteridae), there is very little known about ectoparasites of

the Common Nighthawk and Whip—poor—will in North America. During a survey of

the ectoparasites associated with birds in Manitoba, I had the opportunity to examine a

relatively large sample of nighthawks and a small number of Whip—poor—wills. Given

our poor knowledge of parasites associated with these species, and that there is evidence

that bird populations may be in decline in many areas (Wedgewood 1992; Poulin et al.

1996; Taylor 1996; Cinc 2002), a close examination of data collected from the survey was

warranted.

Undergraduate entomology majors at the University of Guelph back in the early

1970’s had a great deal of contact with Dave Pengelly. His Natural History of Insects

course was often the one to ignite the passion for insects so characteristic of the time, and

his courses in Insect Taxonomy and Aquatic Entomology required collections of insects that

became the obsessions of so many of us. He was always around and always encouraging to

the students struggling with their collections or with their thoughts on insects. Dave always

seemed interested in what insects were where and what it was they did. Many times, he

mentioned to me that there were few people working on lice, and that someone should do

something about them in Canada. For that reason, I like to think he would have enjoyed

reading this paper, and I dedicate it to his memory, with many thanks for his continued

support and friendship over the years.

Methods

Birds were salvaged from a number of sources, primarily from the Manitoba

Wildlife Rehabilitation Organization’s hospital (MWRO) at the Glenlea Research Station

(Faculty of Agricultural and Food Sciences), and from Manitoba Conservation’s office in

Winnipeg under a scientific collecting permit issued by the Canadian Wildlife Service. A

few birds were found dead by members of the public. No attempt was made to sex or age

the birds. Each bird was individually bagged immediately after death and frozen to kill all

ectoparasites. Ectoparasites were collected from two nighthawks examined early in the

survey (1992-1993) by ruffling the feathers of each over a white enamel pan. Subsequently

examined birds were washed in warm, soapy water and ectoparasites were collected using

methods described in Mironov and Galloway (2002). Ectoparasites were preserved in 70%

ethanol, and slides of representative specimens of chewing lice were made throughout

the study using the method described by Richards (1964). Terminology of Margolis et al.

(1982) is adopted here for infestation parameters; prevalence (percentage of hosts infested)

and mean intensity (mean number of lice per infested host) are reported for parasitism by

M. macrocephalus.

Calculations and comparisons of infestation parameters were conducted using

Quantitative Parasitology 2.0, according to Rozsa et al. (2000). Voucher specimens

are deposited in the J. B. Wallis Museum of Entomology (Department of Entomology,

University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba R3T 2N2) and in the Canadian National

Collection (Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C6).

Ectoparasites of Nighthawk and Whip—poor—will JESO Volume 137, 2006

Results

Common Nighthawk

During the period of this survey, 1992-2004, 103 nighthawks were examined from

25 known localities in Manitoba. Numbers of birds examined each year of the survey were

as follows: 1992-1, 1993-1, 1994-4, 1995-17, 1996-3, 1997-12, 1998-4, 1999-17, 2000-

7, 2001—12, 20024, 2003-6, 2004—14, plus one bird with no known collection year. Most

birds (n=65) were found in Winnipeg, additionally with four from Glenlea, two each from

Headingley, Niverville, and Selkirk, and one bird each from the following localities: Tooth

Lake, Lockport, Stony Mountain, Camp Shilo, Portage la Prairie, St. Laurent, Dauphin,

Clandeboye, Great Falls, Cartier, Grosse Isle, Sanford, Morris, Richot, Beausejour, Roblin,

Morden, West St. Paul, Moosehorn, and Iles des Chénes. There were no associated locality

data for eight birds, though these birds were found in Manitoba. Relatively few birds were

collected during spring migration or during the breeding season (n=16) when only adult

birds would be expected: May—2; June—14. Most birds were submitted during the latter

part of the season, during the period of return migration (n=85), when a mixture of adults

and young of the year would be included in the samples: July—1 (this bird died on 31 July);

August—53, September—29, November—1, December—1. Two birds had no reliable dates of

collection.

Diversity of ectoparasites was relatively low. Two nighthawks were each

infested with one rabbit tick nymph, Haemaphysalis leporispalustris (Packard), one from

Winnipeg, 26 July 1999, and the other from Moosehorn, 5 September 2004. The only insect

ectoparasites collected were the chewing lice, M. macrocephalus, a specific parasite of

Common Nighthawk (Price et al. 2003), and Columbicola columbae (Linnaeus). Only one

bird was infested with C. columbae (13; 1°), which is a parasite of Rock Pigeon, Columba

livia Gmelin; this infestation is likely a contamination and is not considered further.

In the total sample of birds, 62.1% (n=64) were infested with M. macrocephalus

(95% exact confidence limits: 51.1%-70.6%) and the mean intensity of infestation was 13.5

(95% bootstrap confidence limits: 10.72-16.89). The most heavily infested bird carried 60

lice, and 19 birds (18.5%) carried more than 20 lice. The infestation of lice among all hosts

fits a negative binomial distribution (k=0.299, P<0.05; variance/mean ratio=18.5), and the

Index of Discrepancy (D) was 0.693. Median intensity of infestation was 8.0.

The male:female sex ratio was 0.66. Of 874 M. macrocephalus collected over

the entire study, 191 (21.9%) were males, 272 (31.1%) were females, and 411 (47.0%)

were nymphs. The sex ratio for lice collected during May and June was 0.28, largely the

result of disproportionate numbers of females on two birds (one with 19 females and no

males, the other with 21 females and 3 males). For lice collected from mixed—age birds

during July to August, the sex ratio was 0.80. The proportion of nymphs collected during

these corresponding time periods were not substantially different, 43.9% versus 47.8%.

Among the 14 birds that were infested with at least one female louse but no males, 6 were

accompanied by at least one nymph, and there were no nymphs found on 8 birds. Only 4

birds were infested with males but no females, 2 of which had no nymphs. Three infested

birds had 1, 2, and 5 nymphs, but no adult lice.

Among the 16 adult birds examined during May and June, only 6 (37.5%; exact

confidence limits=15.2%-64.6%) were infested, with a mean intensity of 17.8 (95% bootstrap

‘i

Galloway JESO Volume 137, 2006

confidence limits: 6.33-30.83). Prevalence was significantly higher (y’=4.167; P=0.041)

among the mixed age birds examined during July to December, when prevalence was 64.7%

(exact confidence limits=53.6%-74.8%). There was no significant difference (bootstrap

P=0.56) in mean intensity of mixed—age (13.6; bootstrap confidence limits=10.51-17.44)

compared to adult birds collected during May and June.

Whip—poor_-will

Only seven Whip—poor—wills were examined over the survey period: four from

Winnipeg, one each from Portage la Prairie and Grunthal, and one from Manitoba, but with

no specific locality data. Three birds were examined in 1995 and one each in 1996, 1997,

2001, and 2003. None of the birds were sexed or aged, but four were submitted in May to

early July, and would likely have been adults. Two birds (Portage la Prairie, 1 July 1995-2

nymphs; Winnipeg, 30 August 2001-1; 12) were infested with an undescribed Mulcticola

sp. Too few specimens are available for a formal description of this new species.

Discussion

As Dave Pengelly so often told me, “It’s surprising what you find if you take the

time to look.” This study has been a perfect example. There are no published records of

ectoparasites of the Common Nighthawk (other than a record of Pseudolychnia brunnea

(Latreille) (Hippoboscidae) in Ontario (Bequaert 1955; Wheeler and Threlfall 1989)) or

the Whip—poor—will in Canada, and there is oniy one report of an unidentified louse on

approximately 2% of Whip—poor—wills examined in Kansas (Cinc 2002). Although the

rabbit tick, H. leporispalustris. commoniy infests a variety of ground dwelling birds in

Manitoba (Kgoroba 1980), i know of no records for this tick infesting Chordeiles minor.

W hip—poor—wills are very seidom submitted to the MWRO and are not particularly

common in cities or towns. As a result. there are tew data available on their ectoparasites

i can only offer encouragement to others who may be in a position to examine this species,

in the chance that additional specimens of the Mu/cticola sp. might be collected. That two

of seven birds examined in Manitoba were infested with lice is clear indication that Turthe:

searches will be producti’

Chordeiles minor on the other hand, is a commonly seen bird even in cities where

they trequentiy nest on roofs of suitable buildings. They are abundant where people live

and where peopie are likely to find disabled birds to submit to a wildlife hospital facility.

This is clearly indicated by the overwhelming proportion of the birds examined in this study

which came from Winnipeg (68% of the birds from known localities). Galloway (2005)

discussed some of the advantages and disadvantages of relying on salvaged birds for the

study of their parasites, and the efficacy of the method of collecting lice from salvaged birds

is certainly acceptable (Clayton and Drown 2001). However, in the present study, there are

a number of factors to keep in mind while interpreting infestation parameters. The data

reported here were pooled from birds salvaged over a thirteen year span, with one to 17

birds examined in any given year, and mostly from the five month period of spring to fall

migration. Although most of the birds were found in Winnipeg, the remainder (n=30) were

from other locations, or from no known location (n=8). Clearly, any conclusions drawn

Ectoparasites of Nighthawk and Whip—poor-—will JESO Volume 137, 2006

from this dataset may only be indicative, and additional information from more intensive

and controlled sampling is desirable. Having said this, given the nature of the host, this may

be difficult to accomplish, and therefore it is useful to make some cautious observations

from the data at hand.

Common Nighthawks are relatively long—lived birds, the life span generally being

four to five years, but birds have been recorded to live up to nine years (Dexter 1961).

They are largely solitary, though they do migrate in fall in large flocks through Manitoba

(Taylor and Holland 2003). Opportunities for exchange of lice during this period or on

the wintering grounds are unknown, but lice can certainly be transferred during mating

and from parents to offspring; males are known to roost together (Poulin et al. 1996) and

lice may disperse from one host to another at this time as well. Nothing is known about

the longevity of M. macrocephalus. All of these factors could lead to the relatively high

prevalence of infestation (61.2%) observed, in addition to the possibility that birds which

are submitted to a wildlife rehabilitation facility may inherently be more heavily infested as

a result of their injuries or disabled condition.

Mulcticola macrocephalus infestations on Common Nighthawk conformed to a

negative binomial distribution. This is not particularly unusual, and this level of aggregation

has been demonstrated in infestations of many species of lice on birds (e.g., Eveleigh and

Threlfall 1976; Rosza et al. 1996). The more interesting manifestation was in its prevalence.

The sample of infested adult birds during May and June was admittedly small (6 of 14), but

among these birds, there was a substantial proportion of the M. macrocephalus population

made up of juveniles, about 44%, not substantially different from that found on the mixed—

age birds sampled later in the season (about 48%). From this, it is reasonable to conclude

that the lice are actively reproducing at the time the birds return to the breeding ground.

However, the proportion of males relative to females on those adult birds (0.28) was

lower than on mixed—age birds (0.80), though females usually outnumbered males (in 37

of 63 infested birds), sometimes considerably. Without knowing something about factors

affecting mortality in males versus females, or relative longevity in each sex, it is difficult

to speculate on the reasons for this skewed sex ratio, though it has been suggested that by

the very nature of louse populations on solitary birds, a bias for females should be favoured

(Clayton et al. 1992; Rozsa et al. 1996). Among these same adult birds in which numbers

of males were low, prevalence of infestation was also significantly lower than among mixed

age birds sampled later in the year (37.5% versus 64.7%). Perhaps the opportunities to

acquire additional lice during the non—breeding season are not particularly great, and some

birds infested with few lice may lose their infestation. Nearly one third of the infested

birds (31.8%) had five or fewer lice, and many of these had either just one louse (n=7),

or adult lice of only one sex (n=3). Among these latter birds, in the presumed absence of

parthenogenesis in M. macrocephalus, and unless single adult females were already mated,

it would seem that these populations of lice have a high probability of extirpation, in the

absence of recruitment from some other infested host. During the non—breeding season,

it is likely that opportunities for reinfestation or supplementation of a small population of

lice are not great, and as a consequence, prevalence of infestation in birds returning to the

breeding ground may be at its lowest of the year.

Populations of Common Nighthawk are reported to be in decline (Poulin et al. 1996;

Murphy 2003). A number of researchers have drawn attention to conservation issues related

Galloway JESO Volume 137, 2006

to ectoparasites (R6sza 1992; Stork and Lyal 1993; Windsor 1995; Whiteman and Parker

2005). However, despite being monoxenous, it is unlikely that the continued occurrence of

M. macrocephalus is threatened, given its high prevalence on Common Nighthawk, unless

there is a precipitous decline in host populations. There are insufficient data from surveys

of Whip—poor-—will to provide a clear indication of trends in their populations (Cink 2002);

it is not possible to speculate on the status of Mulcticola sp.

The most obvious benefit of the opportunity to examine salvaged birds is to gain

access to samples, sometimes quite large, of host species that are otherwise difficult or

impossible to sample intensively. From this, we gain an appreciation of the diversity of

the fauna of ectoparasites to be found. This also allows some insight into the nature of the

interaction and biogeographic relationship between these ectoparasites and their hosts.

Acknowledgements

Special thanks go to the hospital staff at the Manitoba Wildlife Rehabilitation

Organization at Glenlea, and especially to Lisa Tretiak, who have provided so much

care and assistance over the years in initial processing of the birds. I also thank staff at

Manitoba Conservation for allowing me to examine specimens from their freezers and the

Canadian Wildlife Service for the scientific permit. Dave Holder has been involved with the

ectoparasite survey since its inception and provided unflagging technical support throughout.

Additional assistance in the lab was provided by Lisa Babey and Debra Wytrykush. Ricardo

Palma (Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa) provided valuable comments on the

manuscript. Funding for part of this study was provided by a Discovery Grant from the

Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada.

References

Bequaert, J. C. 1955. The Hippoboscidae or louse—flies (Diptera) of mammals and birds.

Part II. Taxonomy, evolution and revision of American genera and species.

Entomologica Americana 35: 233-416.

Clayton, D. H. and D. M. Drown. 2001. Critical evaluation of five methods for quantifying

chewing lice (Insecta: Phthiraptera). Journal of Parasitology 87: 1291-1300.

Clayton, D. H., R. D. Gregory, and R. D. Price. 1992. Comparative ecology of Neotropical

bird lice (Insecta: Phthiraptera). Journal of Animal Ecology 61: 781-795.

Cine, C. L. 2002. Whip—poor—will (Caprimulgus vociferus). In The Birds of North

America, No. 620. A. Poole and F. Gill (eds.), The Birds of North America, Inc.,

Philadelphia, PA.

Dexter, R. W. 1961. Further banding and nesting studies of the Common Nighthawk. Bird—

Banding 32: 79-85.

Eveleigh, E. S. and W. Threlfall. 1976. Populations dynamics of lice (Mallophaga) on auks

(Alcidae) from Newfoundland. Canadian Journal of Zoology 54: 1694-1711.

Galloway, T. D. 2005. Ectoparasites from native and introduced birds from Christchurch

and surrounding areas, New Zealand. Tuhinga — Records of the Museum of New

Ectoparasites of Nighthawk and Whip—poor-—will JESO Volume 137, 2006

Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa 16: 13-20.

Kgoroba, K. G. 1980. A study of the seasonal population dynamics of the ticks Dermacentor

variabilis (Say) and Haemaphysalis leporispalustris (Packard). M.Sc. thesis,

University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada. 203 pp.

Margolis, L., G. W. Esch, J. C. Holmes, A. M. Kuris, and G. A. Schad. 1982. The use of

ecological terms in parasitology. Journal of Parasitology 68: 131-133.

Mironov, S. V. and T. D. Galloway. 2002. Four new species of feather mites (Acari:

Analgoidea). The Canadian Entomologist 134: 605-618.

Murphy, M. T. 2003. Avian population trends within the evolving agricultural landscape of

eastern and central United States. The Auk 120: 20-34.

Poulin, R. G., S. D. Grindal, and R. M. Brigham. 1996. Common Nighthawk (Chordeiles

minor). In The Birds of North America, No. 213. A. Poole and F. Gill (eds.), The

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia and the American Ornithologists’

Union, Washington, D.C.

Price, R. D., R. A. Hellenthall, R. L. Palma, K. P: Johnson, and D. H. Clayton. 2003. The

chewing lice: world checklist and biological overview. Illinois Natural History

Survey Special Publication 24. x + 501 pp.

Richards, W. R. 1964. A short method for making balsam mounts of aphids and scale insects.

The Canadian Entomologist 96: 963-966.

Rozsa, L. 1992. Points in question: endangered parasite species. International Journal of

Parasitology 22: 265-266.

Rozsa, L., J. Reiczigel, and G. Majoros. 2000. Quantifying parasites in samples of hosts.

Journal of Parasitology 86: 228-232.

Rozsa, L., J. Rékasi, and J. Reiczigel. 1996. Relationship of host coloniality to the population

ecology of avian lice (Insecta: Phthiraptera). Journal of Animal Ecology 65: 242-

248.

Stork, N. E. and C. H. C. Lyal. 1993. Extinction or ‘co—extinction’ rates? Nature 366: 307.

Taylor, P. 1996. Apparent decline of migrant Common Nighthawks near Pinawa, Manitoba.

Blue Jay 54: 35-38.

Taylor, P. and G. E. Holland. 2003. Whip—poor—will. Jn The Birds of Manitoba, Manitoba

Naturalists’ Society, Friesens Printers. p. 239.

Wedgewood, J. 1992. Common Nighthawks in Saskatoon. Blue Jay 50: 211-217.

Wheeler, T. A. and W. Threlfall. 1989. Synopsis of parasites of vertebrates of Canada.

Ectoparasites of birds. Alberta Agriculture. v + 85 pp.

Whiteman, N. K. and P. G. Parker. 2005. Using parasites to infer host population history: a

new rationale for parasite conservation. Animal Conservation 8: 1-7.

Windsor, D. A. 1995. Equal rights for parasites. Conservation Biology 9: 1-2.

~ 7 _ i

P ’ oe =

~ rm

“a * eee >

eb se fi d

i a vo ange

». &g, a a Se wa

j ’ =s ‘ te hog _

= rm shin

- aries we ws: cat bona putts 77 oe eccaalae ei a PA

= wer hres Fan) alma? 77 ig Hated tart toni , 195

pure! a Nir BA neti Se56 ‘ens ORM AA = maw ed bi

aS stare oad I ne f

itl) uth Jue bre ort! A ier abi ae

<< spahandeavt ie var valicesedens baa taledl

waaay eet ah RETO

A. wh ol agtetre Ano to ard at whith

Lite wechytabalid? sheoied leutiall to (or

\«haowlok LEMONS.CwotgsttesN me

| ote .comatel 2b yeanlad ST Masinsttot ih rest

ht aonrreeg renitineh ie Ahisdastce, Egham

pu Sistedapetctene 9 cee “arya, 6

wah Tih aire ar rele E Det OF 2 Bs AS

‘ ree ne DOLE A (GO ST om ie OT.

i) anigeds sincere pin «rere ; ” : uy : phn

aie! Prine le? mie OA a ra

Plast nineiwel NYC hee thal, panes anak

fo gS ONTG ee ednnnnieatt0 fe

jE ALS Mon tee Dimes

“ . yrs! fee WUE *“e7Q>e Oe anive to Va

— mibaniind £20) te) On belie

smayitn in stilgel urbe as eH 3

ai b2 yal asta

we Spo Raniah te ‘Dane @

eee Pram petra

) Pwudhiait ovens) Cee 1 boow

& Goalie Wei AUR

fnrod | Feobrdel foc ailetolhs

ei) Aout -eeperdy Seba a

Pere ee hoe) ks Be Cl, sk

) Stee a ager tau pAl see Sot al

ick Fit Hoda at Noe

; (oO noha aetoamt dep Comanoa Rt

vi i apedaag

a, = be Ph Aw

—, fe sad

hd duro: nes, Seo itll Te sence OF Wy

» @

Redescription of Gnaphosa snohomish JESO Volume 137, 2006

REDESCRIPTION OF THE RARE GROUND SPIDER

GNAPHOSA SNOHOMISH (ARANEAE: GNAPHOSIDAE), AN

APPARENT BOG SPECIALIST ENDEMIC TO

THE PUGET SOUND / GEORGIA BASIN AREA

R. G. BENNETT’, S. M. FITZPATRICK?, J. T. TROUBRIDGE?

British Columbia Ministry of Forests, 7380 Puckle Road,

Saanichton, British Columbia, Canada V8M 1W4

| email: Robb.Bennett@gov.be.ca

Abstract iy J. ent. Soc. Ont. 137: 13-23

Existing descriptions and illustrations do not allow easy identification of

the gnaphosid ground spider Gnaphosa snohomish Platnick and Shadab

(Araneae: Gnaphosidae). It is apparently a truly rare, bog—associated species

endemic to the Puget Sound / Georgia Basin area. The species is redescribed

and illustrated from a significant series of mature males and females collected

in an abandoned cranberry bog in Burnaby, British Columbia. An existing

key to Gnaphosa species is revised to incorporate newly identified diagnostic

characters. Few other museum specimens of G. snohomish exist and the

Burnaby population is the only substantial population known. However,

that population may no longer exist as the site has been redeveloped as a

commercial cranberry bog and apparently little suitable habitat for this

species now exists in the area.

Published July 2007

Introduction

The gnaphosid ground spiders are a relatively well known group largely because

Norman Platnick and colleagues (references in Platnick 2006) have published over 60

papers on gnaphosid taxonomy and systematics. With 1,975 species recognized in 116

genera (Platnick 2006), Gnaphosidae forms the seventh largest of the 111 currently accepted

families within Araneae. The Holarctic genus Gnaphosa Latreille accounts for 135, or

roughly 7% of these species. Most are Palaearctic in distribution; only 20 species occur in

the Nearctic region (Ubick 2005).

' Author to whom all correspondence should be addressed.

* Agriculture & Agri-Food Canada, 6947 Highway 7, Agassiz, British Columbia, Canada

VOM 1A0

> Agriculture & Agri-Food Canada, 960 Carling Avenue, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada KIA

0C6

Bennett et al. J ESO Volume 137, 2006

Except for a small minority of species, most of the Nearctic Gnaphosa are relatively

widespread, fairly common species and specimens are often abundant in open or partially

open habitats. Pitfall—collected samples from such habitats may produce significant numbers

of Gnaphosa specimens (e.g. Bennett and Salomon unpublished data; Dondale and Redner

1994; Troubridge et al. 1998). Most notable among the uncommon species of Gnaphosa

is G. snohomish Platnick and Shadab (Fig. 1) which was described on the basis of a single

specimen of each sex; no other verified specimens were known to us prior to the work of

Troubridge et al. (1998). This species appears to be a truly rare, bog specialist endemic to

a small area of the Puget Sound / Georgia Basin area of northwestern Washington State and

southwestern British Columbia.

In 1998, as part of an arthropod study in cranberry bogs, two of us (JT and SF)

initiated a pitfall trapping program in a former commercial bog (49°11°43”N, 122°58’35”W)

in Burnaby, BC that had been abandoned for at least 15 years. The site, part of an area

known locally as the “Marshlands,” is located on the north shore of the north arm of the

Fraser River adjacent to the southwest corner of the intersection of Marine Drive and North

Fraser Way. The Marshlands area, originally an extensive peat (Sphagnum fimbriatum Wils.

in Wils. and Hook. (Sphagnidae)) bog, was heavily developed for agricultural purposes

during the 20" century.

Traps at the site were checked weekly from mid May until early September.

Among the spider specimens collected were 211 gnaphosids unidentifiable by us beyond

“Gnaphosa sp.” Given that the Nearctic Gnaphosa species are well known (and that the

spider fauna of the Puget Sound / Georgia Basin area has been reasonably well sampled),

we considered it odd that we could not place these specimens. They seemed closest to G.

snohomish and G. antipola Chamberlin but we could not reliably assign the specimens to

either species.

We sent a sample of males and females of the unidentified Gnaphosa species to the

American Museum of Natural History for identification by N. Platnick. He determined that

the spiders were specimens of G. snohomish and furthermore that the published descriptions

and illustrations (Platnick and Shadab 1975; Platnick and Dondale 1992) of the single

known specimen of each sex were flawed in ways that became apparent only through the

examination of our specimen series (Platnick pers. comm.).

Accurate identification of G. snohomish specimens is difficult using existing

taxonomic literature. It is important that specimens be easily identified because this spider

may be a good candidate for protection under federal endangered species legislation in both

Canada and the United States. For these reasons a redescription of the species (including

modifications to two couplets in the key to Gnaphosa species published in Platnick and

Dondale (1992)) and a discussion of its apparently obligate association with peatlands in the

Georgia Basin and Puget Sound area are presented here.

Methods

This work is based upon examination of 103 males, 49 females, and 59 juveniles

collected in Burnaby, BC and a single male collected in Saanichton, BC. Specimens were

examined and illustrated using a Zeiss dissecting microscope (illustrations of male structures

Redescription of Gnaphosa snohomish JESO Volume 137, 2006

eee VON BO,

FIGURE 1. Guaphosa snohomish, male habitus, Burnaby, British Columbia, dorsal. Scale

bar=1.0 mm.

Bennett et al. JESO Volume 137, 2006

and female epigynum, all measurements) or a Nikon phase contrast compound microscope

(illustrations of cleared female genitalia). Measurements are expressed in mm and are

presented as sample range (mean + standard deviation). Within the descriptive text, the

following abbreviations are used: measurements: CL=carapace length, CW=carapace width,

SL=sternum length, SW=sternum width. Acronyms of depositories: AMNH=American

Museum of Natural History, New York, New York; DJB=private collection of D. J.

Buckle, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan; CNC=Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario;

RBCM=Royal British Columbia Museum, Victoria, British Columbia; UWBM=University

of Washington, Burke Museum, Seattle, Washington.

Modified key to species. Platnick and Dondale (1992: 170, Fig. 256 and key couplet 8(7))

described and figured the embolus of G. snohomish as enlarged basally and then gradually

narrowing distally. In reality, the embolus narrows abruptly distal to the enlarged base

(this paper, Figs. 2, 4, 5). A corrected version of couplet 8 is presented below. Female

key couplets in Platnick and Dondale (1992) are generally sufficient for identifying G.

snohomish; couplet 16 is slightly reworded below for clarity.

8(7) | Embolus with variably sized spine on distal margin of embolus base (this paper,

yt a) ee a ME ae G. snohomish Platnick and Shadab

~ Embolus lacking spine on distal margin of embolus base (Platnick and Dondale

1992, Figs: 260): .-.cfidaleaepy ieee cteka lis SMa erates inintinogasieesies G. antipola Chamberlin

16 (14) Spermathecal head short and slender (Platnick and Dondale 1992, Fig. 255) ..........

ee nn ae Mon! (USS Se G. clara (Keyserling)

— Spermathecal head longer, usually stouter (this paper, Figs. 8, 9; Platnick and

Dondalé 1992, Figss"Z59, 263, DO 7). Bip ati can ma ccgtesicodsnaswcensesnnancteeeaeeee 17

Gnaphosa snohomish Platnick and Shadab (Figs. 1-9)

Gnaphosa snohomish Platnick and Shadab, 1975: 52, Figs. 123-126; Crawford, 1988: 30;

West et al., 1988: 84; Platnick and Dondale 1992: 170, Figs. 256-259; Bennett et

al., 2006.

Types. Male holotype (and female paratype) from Chase Lake (Edmonds, 47°47°51°N,

122°20°48”"W), Snohomish County, Washington, USA; collected April 1957 (B. Malkin);

in AMNH, not examined (vouchers from this study compared with holotype and paratype

and identity confirmed by N. I. Platnick, AMNH).

Diagnosis. Gnaphosa snohomish was placed within the /ugubris species group by

Platnick and Shadab (1975) but, more probably, it is a member of the /ucifuga group

(sensu Ovtsharenko et al. 1992): those Gnaphosa species possessing an embolus situated

prolaterally on the genital bulb, denticles ventrally on the embolus base, and epigynum with

divided lateral margins. Among such species, G. snohomish is only likely to be confused

with G. antipola Chamberlin. It is distinguished from G. antipola by its possession of a

single large spine (in addition to the denticles) ventrally on the embolus base (Figs. 4, 5)

Redescription of Gnaphosa snohomish JESO Volume 137, 2006

FIGURE 2-5. Gnaphosa snohomish, male palpal characters, Burnaby, BC. 2-—left palpus,

genital bulb, ventral; 3—same, retrolateral; 4 & 5—bases of left emboli of two specimens

showing variation in basal spine and denticles, prolateral. Scale bars=0.2 mm (Figs. 2, 3)

and 0.1 mm (Figs. 4, 5). Unlabelled arrows indicate spine and denticles on embolus base.

E=embolus, EB=embolus base, MA=median apophysis, RTA=retrolateral tibial apophysis.

Bennett et al. JESO Volume 137, 2006

y —LE

4 ~ :

“2 a

c-~~ = a

= a ee

a = a

;

FIGURE 6-9. Gnaphosa snohomish, female genitalic characters, Burnaby, BC. 6—epigynum,

ventral; 7—cleared vulva, ventral; 8—-same, dorsal; 9—same, detail of Fig. 8 (spermathecal

head), dorsal. Scale bars=0.1 mm (Figs. 6-8) and 0.05 mm (Fig. 9). CD=copulatory duct,

EG=epigastric groove, EH=epigynal “hood,” FD=fertilization duct, LM=lateral margins of

epigynum, P=simple spermathecal pores, PM=posterior margin of epigynum, S=epigynal

“septum,” SB=spermathecal base, SH=spermathecal head.

Redescription of Gnaphosa snohomish JESO Volume 137, 2006

and by the relatively smaller epigynal “hood” (Figs. 6-8, also compare Platnick and Shadab

1975, Figs. 121 and 125).

Description. A medium-sized, moderately dark species of Gnaphosa (Fig. 1) with little

size difference between the sexes; see Platnick and Shadab (1975) and Ovtsharenko et al.

(1992) respectively for descriptions of the genus (and, also, species characteristics not

described below) and the /ucifuga species group.

Male. N=20. Total length 7.44-9.92 (8.62 + 0.78). CL 2.75-4.09 (3.67 + 0.35), CW 2.05-

2.98 (2.72 + 0.25), SL 1.36-1.98 (1.81 + 0.15), SW 1.24-1.74 (1.57 + 0.12). Holotype total

length 6.62, CL 2.85, CW 2.27 (Platnick and Shadab 1975). Retrolateral tibial apophysis

(Fig. 3) simple, acuminate, about as long as palpal tibia; median apophysis (Figs. 2, 3)

distally located on genital bulb, bifurcate, sickle-shaped in retrolateral view (Fig. 3);

embolus (Figs. 2, 4, 5) originating proximally on genital bulb, enlarged basally, abruptly

narrowed distally, with single, variably sized spine on distal edge of embolus base and

variable series of denticles ventrally at beginning of narrowed part of embolus.

Female. N=20. Total length 7.44-11.78 (9.70 + 1.24). CL 2.67-4.46 (3.73 + 0.43), CW

1.92-3.22 (2.67 + 0.33), SL 1.36-2.05 (1.82 + 0.18), SW 1.18-1.92 (1.59 + 0.17). Paratype

total length 8.14, CL 3.10, SW 2.30 (Platnick and Shadab 1975). Epigynum (Fig. 6) with

shallow “hood” anteriorly, paired lateral margins (heavily sclerotized posteriorly), and broad

“septum” with medial longitudinal trough; copulatory ducts (Fig. 8) difficult to differentiate,

apparently leading posteriorly from lateral epigynal margins then arching anteriorly along

vulval midline to connect with spermathecal heads; spermathecal heads (Figs. 8, 9) directed

towards lateral epigynal margins and bearing simple pores; broad duct connecting each

spermathecal head and base; spermathecal bases (Figs. 7, 8) rounded with fertilization ducts

exiting from posterior medial margins.

Material examined (Fig. 10). CANADA, British Columbia: Burnaby “Marshlands”,

SW of Marine Dr. & North Fraser Way, 49°11’43”N, 122°58°35”W, all by J. Troubridge

and deposited variously among AMNH, CNC, and RBCM, 21 May 1998, 180, 52, 29

May 1998, 194, 122, 7 juv., 5 June 1998, 164, 69, 12 juv., 28 June 1998, 94, 59, 15 juv.,

8 July 1998, 124, 82, 21 juv., 5 September 1998, 29, 139, 4 juv.; Island View Beach,

Saanichton, BC, 48°34’57”N, 123°22’19”W, RGB, 26 May—29 June 2003, 3, RBCM.

Other material (Fig. 10). CANADA, British Columbia: Haney, UBC Research Forest,

Maple Ridge, ~49°17°48”N, 122°34’37”W, ~360 m, 20 June 1968, 2°, DJB, 30 June 1968, 9,

3S, DJB. UNITED STATES, Washington: Clallam Co., Pat’s Prairie, 47°59’ N, 123°13°

W, 815 m, R. Crawford, 16 May 1992, 7, UWBM; Grays Harbor Co., Carlisle Bog, 47°08’

N, 124°05’W, 27 m, R. Crawford, 30 May 1992, 39, 3 juv., UWBM; King Co., Kings Lake

Bog, 47°35’ N, 121°46’W, 293 m, R. E. Nelson, 21 July 1981, 22, 1 juv., UWBM; Skagit

Co., Big Lake Bog, 48°20’N, 122°11’W, 128 m, R. Crawford, 9 October 1994, En2Z®,

4 juv., UWBM; Thurston Co., marsh on Green Cove Creek, 47°04’N, 122°57°W, 43 m,

September—December 1992, 3, UWBM.

Bennett et al. JESO Volume 137, 2006

Discussion

Collection records suggest a one year life cycle with overwintering of sub—adults

and maturation beginning late the following spring.

Gnaphosa snohomish is probably endemic to the Puget Sound / Georgia Basin

region where it is known only from nine localities: six in northwestern Washington (the type

locality as well as five other sites around or near Puget Sound (R. L. Crawford pers. comm.))

and three in southwestern British Columbia (Bennett et al. 2006). West et al. (1988) listed

Haney, BC as the locality for specimens of Gnaphosa “near snohomish” collected by D.

Buckle and R. G. Holmberg. Buckle (pers. comm.) has confirmed these specimens to be

“true” G. snohomish. All the collection sites feature substantial wetlands and at least seven

of these are peat bogs.

In British Columbia, the Burnaby collection is from an extensive historical peat

bog site occurring near sea level along the north shore of the Fraser River estuary. The

collection site was characterized by hummocks of peat and other mosses overlain with

cranberry (Oxycoccus macrocarpus (Ait.) Pursh (Ericaceae)), sundew (Drosera rotundifolia

L. (Droseraceae)), rushes (Juncus spp. (Juncaceae)), and various grasses. A detailed listing

FIGURE 10. Southwestern British Columbia and northwestern Washington State: Gnaphosa

snohomish collection localities.

Redescription of Gnaphosa snohomish JESO Volume 137, 2006

of the plants associated with the site is contained in Troubridge et al. (1998). The Haney

UBC Research Forest contains at least one well-established floating peat bog (L. Marczak

and J. McLean pers. comm.); a popular collecting site, it is likely that the Haney specimens

came from this bog. Other peatland sites are known in the Georgia Basin area such as

Bowser Bog (Bowser, Vancouver Island), Burns Bog (Richmond, also situated in the Fraser

River estuary just south of the Burnaby site), and Yellow Point Bog (Ladysmith, Vancouver

Island). These sites are well known to entomologists and, although we are aware of no

intensive sampling specifically for spiders at these sites, no specimens of G. snohomish have

been collected from them or from other wetlands (other than the Saanichton site) elsewhere

in British Columbia. The single Saanichton male came from a site that was extensively

sampled for spiders in 2003 and 2004 (Bennett and Salomon unpublished data), although

lacking nearby peatlands, the site is adjacent to a well established Potentilla (Rosaceae)

marshland.

In Washington, all but one of the collections are from confirmed peatland sites (R.

L. Crawford pers. comm.) in or near the Puget Sound area. The type locality is a small, low

elevation floating bog in the heart of Edmonds and now completely surrounded by housing.

Pats Prairie and Carlisle, Kings Lake, and Big Lake Bogs are sphagnum bogs occurring at

a range of elevations from near sea level to over 800 m. No habitat details are available

for the Green Cove Creek “marsh” site. Sampling of Washington peatland sites east of the

Cascade Range (outside of the Puget Sound area) has produced no G. snohomish specimens

(R. L. Crawford pers. comm.).

The available collection data suggest that G. snohomish is a true tyrphobiont (an

obligate peatland associate) with a very limited range. All but two of over 200 specimens

were found in sphagnum bogs occurring as discrete and isolated habitat patches (as is

typical of temperate peatlands (Spitzer and Danks 2006)) within the Puget Sound / Georgia

Basin area and only at one of the bog sites (Burnaby) have significant numbers of specimens

been noted. Tryphobiontic spider species are not well studied or numerous and, at least in

Canada, appear to be dominated by linyphiids and lycosids (Dondale and Redner 1994).

Only 9 probable tyrphobiontic species (all linyphiids and lycosids) were noted among 198

spiders recorded at 6 peatland sites in southern Ontario and southwestern Quebec (Dondale

and Redner 1994). Although various species of gnaphosid genera, including Gnaphosa,

can be common in bogs (e.g. see Blades and Marshall 1994; Dondale and Redner 1994;

Platnick and Dondale 1992), members of the family are more typically associated with

open, drier habitats (Ubick 2005).

We are aware of no probable tyrphobiontic gnaphosid in North America other than

G. snohomish.

The Burnaby G. snohomish collection site has been extensively modified and

reactivated as an operational commercial cranberry bog. A small (~9 ha) nature reserve is

adjacent to the northeast corner of the cranberry bog but otherwise the area is dominated by

agricultural and commercial development and heavy industry. The nature reserve is a damp

site dominated by shrubby vegetation, especially birches (Betula sp. (Betulaceae)), scrubby

pines (Pinus sp. (Pinaceae)), hardhack (Spiraea douglasii Hook. (Rosaceae)), Himalayan

blackberry (Rubus discolor Weihe and Nees (Rosaceae)), and fireweed (Epilobium

angustifolium L. (Onagraceae)). Although no further spider sampling has been undertaken

in the immediate area, the nature reserve may be the only potential habitat remaining in the

Bennett et al. JESO Volume 137, 2006

immediate area available to support a population of G. snohomish. The current status of the

species in the area is unknown and it may have been extirpated there.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Randy May for access to the Burnaby site (and for waiting

until after the pitfall trapping was completed to convert the site to commercial cranberry

production), to Norm Platnick and Don Buckle for confirming the identity of our and

the Haney specimens respectively, to Pierre Paquin for discussion about bog specialist

spiders, to Rod Crawford for supplying data on Washington State specimens and bog sites,

to Laurie Marczak and John McLean for information on peatlands in the UBC Research

Forest, to Malcolm Gray and Stephen Sutherland for providing the base map, and to an

anonymous reviewer for excellent suggestions for improvement of the manuscript. This

paper is affectionately dedicated to Gary Umphrey and, especially, the memory of Dave “D.

H.” Pengelly: Gary first recognized Bennett’s arachnological interests and introduced him

to “D. H.” For better or for worse, these two entomologists were responsible for setting

Bennett on his meandering (but persistent) pursuit of taxonomic fulfillment.

References

Bennett, R. G., D. Blades, D. Buckle, C. D. Dondale, and R. C. West. 2006. The spiders of

British Columbia. http://www.efauna.bc.ca/. Accessed | September 2006.

Blades, D. C. A. and S. A. Marshall. 1994. Terrestrial arthropods of Canadian peatlands:

Synopsis of pan trap collections at four southern Ontario peatlands. Memoirs of

the Entomological Society of Canada 169: 221-284.

Crawford, R. L. 1988. An annotated checklist of the spiders of Washington. Burke Museum

Contributions in Anthropology and Natural History 5:1-48.

Dondale, C. D. and J. Redner. 1994. Spiders (Araneae) of six small peatlands in southern

Ontario or southwestern Quebec. Memoirs of the Entomological Society of Canada

169: 33-40.

Ovtsharenko, V. I., N. I. Platnick, and D. X. Song. 1992. A review of the north Asian ground

spiders of the genus Gnaphosa (Araneae, Gnaphosidae). Bulletin of the American

Museum of Natural History 212: 1-88.

Platnick, N. I. 2006. The World Spider Catalog, Version 7. The American Museum of

Natural History. http://research.amnh.org/entomology/spiders/catalog/index.html.

Accessed 1 September 2006.

Platnick, N. I. and C. D. Dondale. 1992. The insects and arachnids of Canada. Part 19.

The ground spiders of Canada and Alaska (Araneae: Gnaphosidae). Agriculture

Canada Publication 1875. 297 p.

Platnick, N. I. and M. U. Shadab. 1975. A revision of the spider genus Gnaphosa (Araneae,

Gnaphosidae) in America. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History

155: 1-66.

mie.

Redescription of Gnaphosa snohomish JESO Volume 137, 2006

Spitzer, K. and H. V. Danks. 2006. Insect biodiversity of boreal peat bogs. Annual Review

of Entomology 51: 137-161.

Troubridge, J., S. Fitzpatrick, R. G. Bennett, and P. Catling. 1998. Pestiferous and predatory

arthropods on an abandoned cranberry farm in British Columbia. Poster presented

at the Annual General Meeting of the Entomological Society of Canada (Quebec

City, PQ, October 1998) and the North American Cranberry Research and Extension

Workers Conference (Long Beach, WA, September 1999).

Ubick, D. 2005. Gnaphosidae. pp. 106-111 Jn Spiders of North America: an identification

manual. D. Ubick, P. Paquin, P. E. Cushing, and V. Roth (eds.), American

Arachnological Society.

West, R. C., C. D. Dondale, and R. A. Ring. 1988. Additions to the revised checklist of the

spiders (Araneae) of British Columbia. Journal of the Entomological Society of

British Columbia 85: 77-86.

incon Hie. a

oitih pemkalisici bial

<ul on icra creacany bombed

dnt) dem ‘gorge ehh gaies

scutes tauh sharma ceopdros. a ahaa | Veneee etiond g0RA) ud

Ty .

ep bisa wu goa . TA Ai Loi Rgenibere er wile a

pod «| ote alien oF Ra ‘andor Aol ingre

~ ‘ Pea 7 iy TE

a wats vat hleleds, 2 smi

‘ if me) oly im’ pec enet at adios!

ywt hand tel ald

ee ae cron ft

aaity Compieey sank, ogpociallyy sie

¥ “i soe as * erachrclogiva 3 tee

“4 nie. dens pipet ei

a eihamtiretae lpi cet

cele label ' a4

eis. the. sent Re, G ea

a La Koce ees 7 coneanalae

. (oreent? pabugeade ghiPaigdle

d Bien] rt Hees ae OEY ata te:

Re ‘a

o 5 Ot W Posi x

i] wee “ta i

n icin Socweie

il "an of Ge nore)

4 ai lety n of the pos

y ¢

i ley, Veneing |’. [be Auge Camaa

Cp tata. — ME

ic, LAC. Fiew aapake si acai

- * ala ntag ny eee are

“ ' a, v7 - ae

4° Sie fas. 5 aeeesiv

Je je ..¢ dw TwiletoT a

A new species of Wiedemannia JESO Volume 137, 2006

A NEW SPECIES OF WIEDEMANNIA ZETTERSTEDT FROM

GRAND CANYON NATIONAL PARK, WITH NOTES ON

ADDITIONAL NEARCTIC SPECIES (DIPTERA: EMPIDIDAE)

B. J. SINCLAIR!

Zoologisches Forschungsmuseum Alexander Koenig,

Adenauerallee 160, D-53113 Bonn, Germany

email:sinclairb@inspection.gc.ca

Abstract cilbcodkcentsSoeeOnki 137:125-30

Wiedemannia digna sp. nov. is described from Grand Canyon National Park

(Arizona, USA) and additional records of W. apicalis Sinclair, W. lepida

(Melander), and W. simplex (Loew) are listed. An updated key to North

American species is also provided.

Published July 2007

Introduction

With the description of a new species below, there are now seven species of

Wiedemannia known from North America. The rarest species remains W. vexillum Sinclair.

known only from the holotype collected in the Northwest Territories. In addition to the

description of a new species, new locality records for W. lepida (Melander), W. apicalis

Sinclair, and W. simplex (Loew) discovered since the last revision of this genus (Sinclai:

1998) are provided

Adult Wiedemannia are common on emergent rocks in large creeks and rivers

where there is littie overhead riparian vegetation (1.e., sunny, exposed sites). In Nort

America, species of Wiedemannia are confined to northern and western regions, ranging

from beyond the treeline in northern Canada south to New Mexico ana Arizona (Sincia::

1998). There are no records of this genus further south into Mexico or Central and Sout!

America

Materials and Methods

This study is based on Diptera housed or deposited in the Canadian National

Collection of Insects, Ottawa, Ontario (CNC), Colorado State University, Fort Collins,

Colorado (CSU), University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario (DEBU), United States

National Museum of Natural History, Washington, DC (USNM), and Zoologisches

' Current address: Canadian Food Inspection Agency, K. W. Neatby Bldg., C.E.F.,

960 Carling Avenue, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A 0C6

y be

Sinclair JESO Volume 137, 2006

Forschungsmuseum Alexander Koenig, Bonn, Germany (ZFMK).

Terms used for adult structures primarily follow those of McAlpine (1981).

Homologies for the male terminalia follow Sinclair (2000). To facilitate observations, the

male terminalia were macerated in hot 85% lactic acid and immersed in glycerine.

Key to the Nearctic species of Wiedemannia

(updated from Sinclair 1998)

l. Acrostichals biserial, extending to the scutellaan ....02.02.5..-csccei.ssccosessseo ae 2

- Acrostichals inconspicuous, extending at most to second dorsocentral bristle ...........

2 Base of apical filament of phallus with flag—like structure bearing stout spines .........

ition Tenis. ee Se ces. Lee ae LA W. vexillum Sinclair

Note: Females of W. vexillum and W. digna are unknown. Females of W. undulata

Sinclair and W. simplex (Loew) are generally indistinguishable, but may be tentatively

separated on the basis of geographic distribution and association with males. See

Sinclair (1998).

Base of apical filament of phallus lacking flag—like structure with stout spines ....... 3

3: Ocellar bristles distinctly shorter than scutal bristles, ca. two-thirds length of the

postpromotel DOUMIOR 5asies intijewins oclickigmeendctipsdp ede svaeneeae ae W. digna sp. nov.

- Ocellar bristles subequal in length to scutal bristles 0.0.0... eeeceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees 4

4. Anterior and posterior lobes of clasping cercus of similar length; setae of inner

surface of posterior lobe straight, much shorter than width of lobe ................c:ee

wncndsiessieeudeles liens sbaolsihe vaitthan Dice sites CSRER ae ecg. WO, aan W. simplex (Loew)

— Anterior lobe of clasping cercus half length of posterior lobe; most setae of inner

surface of posterior lobe sinuous, 2-2.5 times longer than width of lobe ...............

Bite die deLP ie fh ian LR RPE RS DE a W. undulata Sinclair

3: Anteroapical margin of wing with a distinct dark spot between R,_, and R, ...............

stint nit set So Ot SVR wb LoSIRL ANAL SIS ARUN ts NO ae W. apicalis Sinclair

_ Anteroapical margin of wing with faint cloudy spot between R,., and R, or spot

RACHID. «ni oc dsadaldate 0slsts SELL aia ee, ee 6

6. Width of gena equal to half height of eye; acrostichals extending to almost second

dorsocentral bristle; apical margin of wing lacking cloudy spot; 5-7 dorsocentral

bristles (reseed «, «i. :0.s0is--s onsissoeroaaigieeeninaelc eee en W. lepida (Melander)

_ Width of gena less than half height of eye; acrostichals not extending posterior of first

dorsocentral bristle; apical margin of wing with a faint cloudy spot, or sometimes

inconspicuous; 5 dorsocentral bristles present ................:.0:00 W. uncinata Sinclair

A new species of Wiedemannia JESO Volume 137, 2006

Wiedemannia apicalis Sinclair

Wiedemannia apicalis Sinclair, 1998: 340.

Recognition. This species is readily distinguished by its distinctive darkened wing tips.

Material examined. CANADA, British Columbia: Kootenay NP, Radium Hot Springs,

Sinclair Ck, 1020 m, 9 September 2003, 17 September 2005, B. J. Sinclair, 194, 102, CNC,

DEBU, ZFMK. UNITED STATES, Montana: Glacier NP, 11 August 1993, P. H. Arnaud

Jr., 22, USNM.

Geographical distribution and seasonal occurrence. This species is rarely encountered

when compared to other species of Wiedemannia from western North America. It was

previously known from scattered localities along the Rocky and Sierra Nevada Mountain

ranges in California, Colorado, Idaho, Nevada, and Utah (Sinclair 1998).

These records represent the first known occurrence of this species from Montana

and Canada and extend its distribution range much further north. In the cold mountain

stream in Kootenay NP, W. apicalis was collected together with Clinocera fuscipennis

Loew, C. /ecta Melander, and Trichoclinocera rupestris Sinclair.

Wiedemannia digna sp. nov.

Etymology. The specific name is from the Latin dignus (worthy, deserving, honourable),

in recognition of Prof. D. H. Pengelly’s dedication to entomology and to the University of

Guelph Insect Collection.

Type Material. Holotype male labelled: “USA:AZ:Grand Canyon NP/ Vasey’s Paradise/

10.v.1998/ J.F. MacDonald” (USNM). Paratype: Same data as holotype, ¢, USNM.

Recognition. This species is distinguished from the other large-sized species of

Wiedemannia by the reduced ocellar bristles which are shorter than the thoracic bristles,

lateral margin of the scutum with blue pruinescence, and the form of the clasping cercus

with its broad posterior lobe.

Description. Male. Face, gena, and postocciput with blue pruinescence, vertex brown:

ocellar setae short, ca. two-thirds postpronotal bristle. Width of gena less than one-third

height of eye. Arista short, tip blunt. Setae on palpus dark.

Pleura, prescutellar depression, postpronotal lobe, lower notopleuron, and

scutellum with blue pruinescence; scutum faintly bivittate. Acrostichals biserial, diverging

around prescutellar depression, extending onto scutellum; 5 dorsocentral bristles, 1-2 short

setae interspersed; | postpronotal bristle and several short setae; 1 presutural supra—alar

bristle; 2 notopleural bristles; 0 postsutural supra—alar bristles; 1 postalar bristle; 2 scutelllar

bristles and inner and outer marginal setae; scattered setae on notopleuron and presutural

supra—alar regions. Postnotum with patch of pale setae; antepronotum with pale setae.

Sinclair JESO Volume 137, 2006

Wing broad, faintly infuscate; stigma elongate; single basal costal seta. Anal vein

reduced to streak; cell dm elongate, M acutely branched or M, and M, separated; R , and R,

straight and divergent.

Coxae with blue pruinescence, remaining segments dark. All legs with evenly

distributed setae. Anterior surface of fore femur lacking macrosetae. Fifth tarsomere with

dorsoapical extension; empodium pulvilliform, subequal to length of claw.

Abdominal sternites, lateral portion of tergites, and hypopygium with blue

pruinescence. Tergite 8 bilobed. Phallus straight, distiphallus with median swelling;

ejaculatory apodeme long and narrow. Surstylus small and pointed. Cercal plate with

macrosetae confined to dorsal tubercle. Clasping cercus mitten—shaped, anterior lobe

(“thumb”) much shorter than posterior (“fingers”) lobe; anterior lobe slightly longer than

wide somewhat tapered to narrow apex, shiny and lacking blue pruinescence; posterior

lobe expanded apically, somewhat rounded, bearing long lateral setae subequal to width of

posterior lobe; setae of inner surface short, pale, with expanded or clubbed tips especially

on anterior lobe (Fig. 1).

cl cere. ee

FIGURE 1. Male terminalia of Wiedemannia digna sp. nov., lateral view. Abbreviations: cl

cerc—clasping cercus; hypd—hypandrium; ph—phallus; sur—surstylus.

A new species of Wiedemannia JESO Volume 137, 2006

Female. Unknown.

Geographical distribution and seasonal occurrence. Wiedemannia digna is currently

known only from the type locality, collected in May. The specimens were collected from a

large spring stream on the western side of Marble Gorge at mile 32 of the Colorado River at

Vasey’s Paradise (J. MacDonald pers. comm.). The stream emerged about 50-70 m above

the river and flowed down over the talus slope to the Colorado River. The specimens were

collected from large boulders just above the water line of this spring stream.

Phylogenetic relationships. Wiedemannia digna is very closely related to W. simplex and

W. undulata, which are also found in the region. This complex of species forms the W.

simplex group and also includes several European species (see Sinclair 1998).

Wiedemannia lepida (Melander)

Clinocera lepida Melander, 1902: 241.

Recognition. Males are distinguished by their subtriangular to rounded clasping cercus

(Sinclair 1998).

Material examined. UNITED STATES, Colorado: Garfield Co., Grizzly Ck, I-70 rest—

stop, 2 July 1996, H. Evans, S. Fitzgerald, B. Kondratieff, D. Leatherman, 24, 149, CSU.

Geographical distribution and seasonal occurrence. This species is found in streams

along the coast and Cascade ranges from southern British Columbia to California and

along the Rocky Mountains from British Columbia to Wyoming and Colorado (Sinclair

1998). The above specimens represent a new county record for Colorado. The species was

previously known from Boulder (Boulder Falls), Routt (Steamboat Springs), and Larimer

(Youngs Gulch, Sheep/Buckhorn Creeks) counties.

Wiedemannia simplex (Loew)

Clinocera simplex Loew, 1862: 207.

Recognition. Males are distinguished by the characters provided in the above key to

species.

Material examined. UNITED STATES, Arizona: Yavapai Co., Oak Creek Canyon near

Sedona, 10 August 2004, K. Yoshizawa, 34, 12, CNC. Coconino Co., Oak Creek Canyon,

Cave Springs Cpgd, 4500’, 21 May 1971, P. H. & M. Arnaud, 113, 142, USNM.

Geographical distribution and seasonal occurrence. This species is widely distributed

in rivers in the far north of North America, with several records known from the Rocky

Sinclair JESO Volume 137, 2006

Mountains (Sinclair 1998). Wiedemannia simplex is also recorded from several isolated

populations in Arizona (Navajo County: White River, west of Fort Apache) and New

Mexico (Grant and Catron counties). The above specimens represent new county records

for Arizona.

Acknowledgments

John MacDonald (Purdue University) collected the new species while working on

a National Park Service project headed by John Spence (Glen Canyon National Recreation

Area), and his efforts and kindness are greatly appreciated. Steve Marshall (DEBU) is

thanked for organizing these special issues in memory of my first entomology professor,

Dave Pengelly. Scott Fitzgerald kindly arranged for the loan of several clinocerines from

Colorado State University. Norm Woodley arranged the loan from the USNM and Dr. K.

Yoshizawa (Hokkaido University) kindly provided additional specimens. John MacDonald

and Jeff Cumming (CNC) reviewed earlier drafts of the paper.

References

Loew, H. 1862. Diptera Americae septentrionalis indigena. Berliner Entomologische

Zeitschrift 6: 185-232.

McAlpine, J. F. 1981. Morphology and terminology—adults. [Chapter] 2. pp. 9-63. Jn Manual

of Nearctic Diptera. Vol. 1. J. F. McAlpine, B.V. Peterson, G. E. Shewell, H. J.

Teskey, J. R. Vockeroth, and D. M. Wood (eds.), Agriculture Canada Monograph

27, Ottawa.

Melander, A. L. 1902. Monograph of the American Empididae. Transactions of the American

Entomological Society 28: 195-368.

Sinclair, B. J. 1998 (1997). Review of the Nearctic species of Wiedemannia Zetterstedt

(Diptera: Empididae: Clinocerinae). Studia dipterologica 4(2): 337-352.

Sinclair, B. J. 2000. Morphology and terminology of Diptera male terminalia. pp. 53-74. Jn

Contributions to a Manual of Palaearctic Diptera 1. L. Papp and B. Darvas (eds.),

Science Herald, Budapest.

Abundance of bumble bee species in canola JESO Volume 137, 2006

ABUNDANCE AND SPECIES OF BUMBLE BEES

(HYMENOPTERA: APOIDEA: BOMBINAE) IN FIELDS OF

CANOLA, BRASSICA RAPA L., INMANITOBA: AN 8-YEAR

RECORD

W. J. TURNOCK,” P. G. KEVAN,!' T. M. LAVERTY,” ® L. DUMOUCHEL?

Cereal Research Centre, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada,

195 Dafoe Road, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3T 2M9

email: wturnock@agr.gc.ca

Abstract J. ent. Soc. Ont. 137: 31-40

Bumble bees, Bombus spp., were inadvertently captured in Unitraps® baited

with a bertha armyworm (Mamestra configurata W\k.) sex attractant placed

in fields of canola (oilseed rape, Brassica rapa L.) in four regions within

the agricultural zone of Manitoba, 1986-1993. Bombus rufocinctus Cresson

and B. borealis Kirby were the most abundant species, occurring in all four

regions. Another 13 species were much less abundant. Species diversity and

number of captures were greatest in the northwestern region (Swan River

Valley), and least in the southeast (Red River Valley), coinciding with the

amount of native vegetation in the region. Captures of Bombus spp. were

largest in 1989, with smaller peaks in 1992, 1986, and 1993. The patterns

of abundance among regions were very similar among years, suggesting that

the abundance of bumble bees is controlled by weather—related factors, even

though analyses of the temperature and precipitation during summer, winter,

and the spring periods when queens are establishing new colonies did not

reveal any relationships.

Published July 2007

Introduction

During the period 1986-1993, sex—attractant traps were being used to predict the

abundance of the bertha armyworm, Mamestra configurata Wlk. (Noctuidae: Lepidoptera),

Department of Environmental Biology, Ontario Agricultural College, University of

Guelph, Guelph, Ontario, Canada N1G 2W1

> Department of Biology, Biological and Geological Sciences Building, University of

Western Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada N6A 5B7

> Plant Health Risk Assessment Unit, Canadian Food Inspection Agency, 3851 Fallowfield

Road, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2H 8P9

* Corresponding author

® Deceased 2004

Turnock et al. JESO Volume 137, 2006

a pest of canola (oilseed rape, Brassica rapa L.) (Turnock 1987). The traps were placed in

canola fields throughout the flowering period and captured bumble bees, Bombus spp. as well

as the target species. The bumble bees found in the traps were identified and counted. Our

objectives were to describe the abundance and species composition of the bumble bee fauna

in canola fields in Manitoba from 1986-1993, and to examine the annual changes in relation

to physiographic area and weather. The data also provide a baseline for evaluating long

term changes in the abundance of these pollinators in the agricultural area of Manitoba.

Methods

The traps used in this study were Unitraps” baited with a sex attractant for the

bertha armyworm. In the first year (1986), we used yellow—green—white traps, which

collected a large number of bumble bees. Experiments in Lethbridge, Alberta, on the effect

of different colours of sex attractant traps for bertha armyworm, indicated that all—green

traps were much less attractive to bumble bees than were traps of other colours (J. R. Byers,

pers. comm., 20 November 1986). To conserve bumble bees, we used all—green traps in

subsequent years. The lure was a mixture of 1.0 mg (Z)-11—hexadecen—1-ol acetate and

0.05 mg of (Z)—9-tetradecen—l—ol acetate (Underhill et al. 1977) impregnated in a red

rubber septum (Steck et al. 1979).

Two traps, each | m above ground, were placed in each field of canola sampled.

They were 100 m apart, 10 m in from the field margin, and where wind movement was not

obstructed by nearby trees or tall shrubs. Inside the collecting bucket of each trap was a

15 mm square of insecticidal strip (Vapona”). The traps were deployed in mid June and

examined at least every 2 weeks until early August. This included the full flowering period

of canoia. The total trapping period was about 7 weeks per year. At each collection time

the insects were removed from the trap. and the bumbie bees were.subsequently pinned,

labelled, identified to species, and counted. Badilv damaged specimens that could nx

identified to species, were discarded. The remaining bees were identified by L. Dumouche!

anc J. Laverty. Voucher specimens are deposited 1n the R. B. Wallace Museum, Denartment

of Entomology, University of Ma

The canola fieids in which traps were placed changed each year, because of c1

rotation, but the selected fields in each area were within 10 km of each other, and often much

closer. In most fields, the seed had been mixed with granuiar carbofuran beiore planting,

for flea beetle control (Lamb and Turnock 1982}, but none of the fields had additiona!

insecticidal applications. The regions sampied were selected in response to the presence of

populations of the bertha armyworm, which were most abundant in the Swan River Valley

(Turnock 1987). Therefore, this region was sampled for eight years (1986-1993) and had

4-10 traps per year, but the other regions were sampled for fewer years (4-5) and had 2-6

traps per vear.

The sampling locations, named after the nearest town, were situated in four

distinct regions of the agricultural area of Manitoba (Fig. 1). The topography and original

vegetation of these regions is described in detail by Smith et al. (1998) and Weir (1983).

The Swan River Valley Region (Durban, Kenville, Minitonas, Swan River, and

Bowsman) is located in an area where the Manitoba Escarpment was breached in post—

Abundance of bumble bee species in canola JESO Volume 137, 2006

> \

ae © Meteorological Station

: Ax 2 @3 @ Sampling Location

@ 4 ine sss== Escarpment Edge

“senuun®®

@ 12

& .

*esenne®

FIGURE 1. Map of southern Manitoba, showing the sampling. locations: Location

i=Bowsman, 2=Swan River, 3=Minitonas, 4=Kenville (Swan River Valley Region).

5=Durban; Location 6=Ste. Rose, 7=Dauphin (Manitoba Lowlands Region); Location

8=Bield, 9=Russell, 10=Basswood (Western Uplands Region); Location 11=Stonewall,

12=Dugald, 13=Glenlea, 14=Carman (Red River Valley Region).

glacial times. The topography varies from fiat to gently rolling and was originaliy forested

by deciduous and coniferous trees.

The Western Upland Region (Basswood, Russell, and Bield) lies above the Manitoba

Escarpment. The topography varies from rolling, near the edge of the Escarpment, to quite

flat in areas further west. The original vegetation was a mixture of grassland with forest

dominated by Trembling Aspen (Populus tremuloides Michx).

The Manitoba Lowlands Region (Dauphin and Ste. Rose du Lac) lies in the

Manitoba Lowlands in the northwestern part of the Lake Manitoba Plain Ecoregion (Smith

Turnock et al. JESO Volume 137, 2006

et al. 1998). This region is generally flat, with thin and poorly—drained soils. The original

vegetation was grassland and wetlands, with groves of deciduous trees.

The Red River Valley Region (Glenlea, Dugald, Stonewall, and Carman) is also

part of the Lake Manitoba Plain Ecoregion, but in this southerly region, the soils are deeper

and more fertile than in the Manitoba Lowlands area. The topography is level to gently

sloping, and the soil is poorly drained. The original vegetation included tall grass prairie

and extensive stands of deciduous forest.

The natural vegetation in all of the regions has been heavily modified by agriculture,

but some trees and shrubs occurred on the headlands around most of the sampled fields.

Trees and shrubs were least abundant in the Red River Valley and Manitoba Lowlands, and

more abundant in the Western Uplands and the Swan River Valley. No major changes in

land use occurred in any region during the years of sampling. The sampling sites were in

the main canola growing areas of Manitoba, and although the area of canola varied from

352 100 to 627 600 ha in the years 1986-1993 (Anon. 1986-1993), there was always canola

growing in the sampling areas.

All of the sampling locations were located along the northern boundary of the

Cold Temperate Continental Zone (Trewartha and Horn 1980). This zone has warm to

hot summers and cold winters. The impact of low winter air temperatures in this zone on

insects overwintering on or below the soil surface is ameliorated by a generally deep and

persistent snow cover, particularly in treed areas (Turnock and Fields 2005).

We calculated the following weather parameters for each of the years 1985-

1993 for a representative meteorological station for the Swan River Valley (Swan River),

the Manitoba Lowlands (Dauphin), and the Red River Valley (Stony Mountain). These

included the summer of 1985 and the winter of 1985-86 which preceded the beginning

of sampling. Suitable data for a weather station in the part of the Manitoba Uplands in

which the traps were located were not available. Weather data were obtained by Agriculture

and Agri-Food Canada from the Environment Canada database as part of the cooperative

agreement for scientific research with the Environmental Service of Environment Canada.

The summer weather (1 April—31 October) is described by the sum of degree—days above

5°C (DD0S) and the total precipitation (mm). The winter weather (1 November—31 March)

is described by the sum of degree—days below -10°C (DD < -10) and the total snowfall (cm).

Mated queens of Bombus spp. emerge from hibernation and attempt to establish colonies

from early spring to early summer (Curry 1984) and wet spring weather is detrimental to

the establishment of colonies (Harder 1986). We calculated the mean temperature, total

rainfall, and number of days with rain for the period 15 May to 15 June, for each year, for

comparison with catch records.

The nonparametric Mann—Whitney U statistic (Siegel 1956) was used to test the

hypothesis that the abundance and diversity of bumble bees captured in 1986 differed from

the captures in other years. The ‘a diversity’ index, or species richness (Magurran 1988)

was calculated for each region and year. Nonparametric rank correlation (Siegel 1956) and

the Pearson product moment correlation (Zar 1998) were used to determine the correlation

between diversity and abundance.

Abundance of bumble bee species in canola JESO Volume 137, 2006

Results and Discussion

No bees were collected until the canola began to flower, about 1 week after the

traps were set out. Most captures occurred during the peak period of flowering, usually

from the last week of June to mid July, but a few bees were captured into early August.

The ‘a diversity index’ (Table 1) was correlated with abundance, significantly with

the nonparametric rank correlation (R=0.49), and not significantly by the Pearson Product

moment correlation (R=0.19). The number of bumble bees captured in 1986 (yellow—

green—white traps) differed significantly from the abundance in other years (green traps)

(Mann-Whitney test, U=54, P<0.002) but the difference in diversity was not significant

(Mann-Whitney test, U=37, P>0.2). The occurrence of B. rufocinctus Cresson and B.

borealis Kirby did not change between 1986 and the other years, but it did change for B.

perplexus (Cresson), B. sandersoni Franklin, B. nevadensis (Cresson), B. terricola Kirby,

B. ashtoni (Cresson), B. vagans Smith, and B. ternarius Say. In the Swan River Valley, nine

species captured in 1986 were subsequently either not captured (three species) or captured

in lower numbers (six species) (Table 1). The results for the Western Uplands and Manitoba

Lowlands were similar to those in the Swan River Valley. The numbers of B. rufocinctus

and B. borealis were higher in at least one of the years when the green traps were used

than in 1986. Among the less abundant species, B. fervidus (Fabricius) was slightly more

abundant, and B. insularis (Smith) as abundant, as in the year when the green traps were

used. There were seven species in the Western Uplands and six species in the Manitoba

Lowlands that were recorded in 1986 but not in subsequent years (Table 1). Trap colour

seemed to have affected the less abundant species, but the location of the fields and of traps

within fields in relation to topography and surrounding vegetation could have had a greater

effect, obscuring the colour effect.

Species distribution and diversity

There were a total of 15 Bombus species (Table 1). The number of species varied

from 12 (Swan River Valley) to 4 (Red River Valley) (Table 1). Only one species, B.

rufocinctus, was found in all regions and in all years. Bombus borealis was found in all

regions and in all years except 1990, when it was not collected in the Western Uplands and

Manitoba Lowlands regions (Table 1). Four species, B. terricola, B. ashtoni, B. vagans,

and B. ternarius, were recorded from all regions except the Red River Valley. Species with

a more northwesterly distribution included B. insularis, B. sandersoni, and B. nevadensis in

the Swan River Valley and Western Uplands regions, B. perp/exus in the Swan River Valley

and Manitoba Lowlands regions, and B. suckleyi Greene and B. centralis Cresson in the

Swan River Valley. Bombus huntii Greene occurred in the Western Uplands and Manitoba

Lowlands regions, B. fervidus in the Western Uplands and Red River Valley regions, and B.

griseocollis (DeGeer) only in the Red River Valley.

Three species (Psithyrus spp.) that are social parasites in the nests of other bumble

bee species, B. (Ps.) ashtoni, B. (Ps.) insularis, and B. (Ps.) suckleyi, occurred in the Swan

River Valley, B. ashtoni and B. insularis in the Western Uplands, and only B. ashtoni in the

Manitoba Lowlands. None of these species were collected in the Red River Valley.

Turnock et al, JESO Volume 137, 2006

TABLE |. Number of bumble bees (Bombus spp) per trap, by species and year, captured

in sex attractant traps located in canola fields in four areas of Manitoba. The traps were

yellow-green-white in 1986, and solid green in all other years. Three species that are

social parasites in the nests of other bumble bee species are included: B. (Psithyrus) ashtoni,

insularis, sucklevi.

Species 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993

Swan River Valley (Durban, Kenville, Minitonas. Swan River, Bowsman)

rufocinctus 8.2 3.2 2.8 103.2 0.2 3.8 16,2 17.8

borealis 1.5 0.2 1.0 9.6 0.2 1.6 12.9 SZ

insularis 0.6 0.3 0.1 0.5 0.0 0.1 (0.1 0.0

perplexus 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 1.2 0.5

terricola 8.9 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0

vagans Lid 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0

fernarius 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0

sandersoni 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0

ashtoni 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

nevadensis 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

centralis 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

suckleyi 0.0 ().2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0

Other spp. 36' =: 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Bombus (unident.) 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.1 0.0

Sum 27.1 4.9 30h FRE 1.4 5.8 32.1 21.5

N traps 10 10 10 8 8 8 8 4

a diversity 1] 5 3 4 3 5 8 3

Western Uplands (Bield, Russell, Basswood)

rufocinctus 4.0 4.8 75 81.0 1.5

borealis 0.7 0.3 0.2 2.0 0.0

insularis 0.3 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0

fervidus 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0

Other species 6.0° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Bombus (unident.) 0,2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Sum 15.2 10.7 11.5 75.5 HS

N traps 6.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 2.0

a diversity 11.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 1.0

Manitoba Lowlands (Ste—Rose, Dauphin)

rufocinctus 1.5 1.2 2.5 88.0 0.0

borealis 0.5 0.0 0.2 7.0 0.0

Other species 6.0° 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Bombus (unident.) 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Sum 6.2 1.2 2.8 95.0 0.0

N traps 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.0 2.0

a diversity 8.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 0.0

Abundance of bumble bee species in canola JESO Volume 137, 2006

TABLE |. continued.

Species 1986 1987 1988 1989, 1990. 1991. 1992 1993

Red River Valley (Stonewall, Dugald, Glenlea, Carman)

rufocinctus hl 1.6 8.8 a2

borealis 0.1 0.0 0.6 0.2

Other species 0.0 0.0) . 0.1 0.2°

Bombus (unident.) 0.2 25 0.0 0.2

Sum 1} 4.1 9.5 aa

N traps 8.0 8.0. 8.0 6.0

a. diversity AOrrnbtel 0 iD DRO eee

' Bees/trap: ashtoni—3.4; nevadensis—0.1; centralis—0.1.

* Bees/trap: terricola-4.8; vagans—0.3; ternarius—2.0; sandersoni—0.2; ashtoni-1.7;

nevadensis—0.2; huntii-0.7.

> Bees/trap: perplexus—0.5; terricola—1.8; vagans—0.5; ternarius—0.2; ashtoni—0.8; huntii—

0.2.

* fervidus.

*griseocollis.

Abundance

The number of bumble bees/trap varied from none to 113.5 among regions and

years (Table 1). In the Swan River Valley, the highest numbers occurred in 1989 (114/trap),

1992 (32/trap), 1986 (27/trap), and 1993 (22/trap). There were fewer than 10/trap in the

other years (Table 1). The two most abundant species, B. rufocinctus and B. borealis,

showed the same pattern of abundance. The rarer species did not have any clear trends

in abundance. The pattern of abundance was similar in the other regions. In the Western

Uplands and Manitoba Lowlands regions, numbers were also highest in 1989, lower in

1986, and very low in the other years. The peak year in the Red River Valley was also

1989.

The consistency in the trend of captures among years in all regions strongly suggests

the impact of a physical factor, probably weather. Summer and winter temperatures and

precipitation were similar among regions and showed similar trends among years. We

examined the relationships among the weather factors and population trends for all four

regions, but present data only for the Swan River region, which had the longest run of

bumble bee captures.

In Swan River, these weather parameters and the mean temperature, total rainfall,

and days with rain during the spring (18 May—14 June) did not show any clear relationships

with the number of bees/trap (Table 2). High populations in one year did not predispose

high populations in the next year, although populations did increase through 1990-1992 and

1987-1989. The high numbers in 1989, followed by the low in 1990, were associated with

warm summers in 1988 and 1989, followed by moderately cold winters. The low numbers

in 1990 cannot be related to any of the weather factors examined.

Although one or more weather factors may determine the annual variations in

bumble bee numbers across the four regions of Manitoba, the differences among regions

JESO Volume 137, 2006

CSE y69l cl cS 8 rl rr 86L SPP

C8E £061 8 9¢ 8 6l LTl 999 por

por 9781 II 9¢ 8 rl OL 6St 660

SI 9781 6 vv ILI SL CVs (453

LOV Ivel Cl O8 9°01 £8 COP SIP

6617 9991 ¢ Lt C9l vil VOL pot

SIP I¢vl L 8C a S| €8 COV CIV

SPL p98 I Ol 80 Et OL PLL C8E

(wut) sAvp (uw) = = (Do) (wd) OIS (ww)

‘disd1d so aad Auley ‘disalg UROL | MOUS qa ‘dido1d

19q0190 [¢ - [dy | oun py - Ae 8] Ye [€ - JOQUIDAON [| 1040390 ¢ - Judy |

owing Suds : IQUIM SNOIADIg SUNS SNOIAA

Turnock et al.

p98 | (S¢'0) bl

978 | (69'0) 6'€

969] (LL'0) 6b

r69 | (€8'0) 8°¢

l¢rl RSE Lae EZ

pOsl (Srl) I'LZ

9781 (TFs ee

£061 (90°) S’EII

(1+ X 80})

codqq _ densoog

JOUIUINS SNOLASId

‘uoIsoy AdyT[eA JOAN ueMS ‘des/saoq JO JAqUINU 0} UOIRIOI UI JOATY UMS Je Shep

Aures JO Joquinu pue ‘mous JO Wd JO UTeI JO WU UT (‘did91g) UoNRMdID0Id “(SQGC) D.¢ 2A0ge SKep do1S9p :eyep IOYIWOM “*Z ATAVL

Abundance of bumble bee species in canola JESO Volume 137, 2006

within years in both abundance and diversity seem to be controlled by other factors. Native

vegetation near the fields influence bumble bee numbers (Morandin and Winston 2005), and

captures were consistently higher in the Swan River Valley than in the regions where native

vegetation was less abundant (Smith et al. 1998).

There is no evidence to indicate that pesticide usage differed among regions. Poor

(cool, rainy) weather when the queens are establishing their nests in the spring may affect

population numbers (Sladen 1912; Free and Butler 1959; Alford 1975; Harder 1986) but our

data do not indicate such a relationship. Spillover of pathogens from commercial to wild

populations may negatively affect wild populations (Colla et al. 2006), but bumble bees

have not been used commercially in Manitoba glasshouses.

Research on bumble bees has neglected the factors controlling their abundance,

and the general approach to the subject needs to be supplemented with experiments on

overwintering survival, and colony establishment and growth.

Acknowledgments

Dr. S. Woods provided access to the Environment Canada weather database and

calculated the particular weather statistics used in this paper. R. J. Bilodeau provided

technical help in the field collection and in the preparation of the specimens for identification.

This is Cereal Research Centre Contribution no. 1939.

References

Alford, D. V. 1975. Bumblebees. Davis—Poynter, London.

Anon. 1986-1993. Market Analysis and Statistics Section. Economics Branch. Manitoba

Agriculture Yearbook. Manitoba Agriculture, Winnipeg, MB.

Colla, S. R., M. C. Otterstatter, R. J. Gegear, and J. D. Thomson. 2006. Plight of the

bumble bee: Pathogen spillover from commercial to wild populations. Biological

Conservation 129(4): 461-467.

Curry, P. S. 1984. Bumble bees of Saskatchewan (Hymenoptera: Apidae): a survey of their

geographic distribution. Saskatchewan Museum of Natural History. Contribution

No. 5. Saskatoon, SK.

Free, J. B. and C. G. Butler. 1959. Bumblebees. Collins, London. 208 pp.

Harder, L. D. 1986. Influences on the density and dispersion of bumble bee nests

(Hymenoptera: Apidae). Holarctic Ecology 9:99-103.

Lamb, R. J. and W. J. Turnock. 1982. Economics of insecticidal control of flea beetles

(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) attacking rape in Canada. The Canadian Entomologist

114: 827-840.

Magurran, A. E. 1988. Ecological diversity and its measurement. Princeton University

Press. Princeton, N. J.

Morandin, L.A. and M. L. Winston. 2005. Wild bee abundance and seed production in

conventional, organic, and genetically modified canola. Ecological Applications

15: 871-881.

Turnock et al. JESO Volume 137, 2006

Siegel, S. 1956. Non—parametric statistics for the behavioral sciences. McGraw-Hill Book

Co. New York, Toronto, London.

Sladen, F. W. L. 1912. The Humble Bee. Its life history and how to domesticate it. Macmillan.

London.

Smith, R. E., H. Veldhuis, G. F. Mills, R. G. Eilers, W. R. Fraser, and G. W. Lelyk. 1998.

Terrestrial Ecozones, Ecoregions, and Ecodistricts, an Ecological Stratification of

Manitoba’s Natural Landscapes. Technical Bulletin 98—9E. Land Resource Unit,

Brandon Research Centre, Research Branch, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada,

Winnipeg, MB.

Steck, W., E. W. Underhill, M. D. Chisholm, C. C. Peters, H. G. Philip, and A. P. Arthur. 1979.

Sex pheromone traps in population monitoring of adults of the bertha armyworm,

Mamestra configurata (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). The Canadian Entomologist 111:

91-95.

Trewartha, G. T. and L. H. Horn. 1980. An Introduction to Climate. McGraw-Hill. 415 pp.

Turnock, W. J. 1987. Predicting larval abundance of the Bertha Armyworm, Mamestra

configurata W\k., in Manitoba from catches of male moths in sex attractant traps.

The Canadian Entomologist 119: 167-178.

Turnock W. J. and P. G. Fields. 2005. Winter climates and coldhardiness in terrestrial insects.

European Journal of Entomology 102: 561-576.

Underhill, M. D., W. F. Steck, and M. D. Chisholm. 1977. A sex pheromone mixture for the

bertha armyworm moth, Mamestra configurata: (Z)—11—hexadecen—1-—ol acetate.

The Canadian Entomologist 109: 1335-1340.

Weir, T. R. (Ed.). 1983. Atlas of Manitoba. Manitoba Surveys and Mapping Branch.

Government of Manitoba. Winnipeg, MB.

Zar, J. H. 1998. Biostatistical analysis (4" ed.). Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New

Jersey.

Baeodromia, a new genus of Tachydromiinae JESO Volume 137, 2006

BAEODROMIA, A NEW GENUS OF TACHYDROMIINE FLY

FROM THE NEW WORLD

(DIPTERA: EMPIDOIDEA; HYBOTIDAE)

J. M. CUMMING

Invertebrate Biodiversity, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, C.E.F.,

Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A 0C6

email: cummingjm@agr.gc.ca

Abstract J. ent. Soc. Ont. 137: 41-49

Baeodromia n. gen. (Hybotidae: Tachydromiinae: Drapetini) is described to

include Baeodromia pleuritica (Melander) n. comb., a species from eastern

North America originally described in the genus Stilpon Loew. The new

genus also includes several, as yet undescribed species from the Neotropical

Region. The phylogenetic relationships of Baeodromia within the tribe

Drapetini are discussed.

Published July 2007

Introduction

In a revision of the Nearctic species of the tachydromiine genus Stilpon Loew,

Cumming and Cooper (1992) excluded the eastern North American species Stilpon

pleuriticus Melander, indicating that it belongs to an undescribed genus. The purpose of this

paper is to describe and validate this new genus, which also contains several undescribed

Neotropical species (referred to as “Undescribed Genus A” by Cumming and Sinclair (in

press) in their key to genera of Central American and Mexican Empidoidea, exclusive of

Dolichopodidae s. str). The new genus belongs to the tachydromiine tribe Drapetini as

characterized by Sinclair and Cumming (2006). The phylogenetic relationships of the new

genus to other drapetine genera are also discussed based on current knowledge.

Materials and Methods

Materials. This study was based on examination of specimens from the institutions

(including curators in brackets) listed below. Acronyms given here are used throughout the

text to indicate the depository of specimens. CAS—Department of Entomology, California

Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California (P. H. Arnaud). CNC—Canadian National

Collection of Insects and Arachnids, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Ottawa, Ontario.

DEBU-Insect Collection, Department of Environmental Biology, University of Guelph,

Guelph, Ontario (M. Buck and S. A. Marshall). NCSR—Department of Entomology, North

Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina (R. L. Blinn). UNHC-—Entomology

Cumming JESO Volume 137, 2006

Museum, Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New

Hampshire (D. S. Chandler). USNM-—National Museum of Natural History [formerly United

States National Museum], Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC, (N. E. Woodley).

Methods. Terms used for structures primarily follow those of McAlpine (1981) and those

used in Cumming and Cooper (1992). Homologies of the male terminalia follow those of

Cumming et al. (1995), as modified by Sinclair (2000) and Sinclair and Cumming (2006).

The figure of the hypopygium (i.e., Fig. 5) was drawn in right lateral view to show most of

the components, because of the rotated and asymmetrical nature of male terminalia in the

Tachydromiinae. Label data for the holotype of Stilpon pleuritica Melander is cited in full,

following the system described by O’ Hara (1983), with the depository for the type given.

Systematics

Baeodromia n. gen.

Type species. Stilpon pleuritica Melander, 1928, by present designation.

Etymology. The generic name is derived from the Greek word baios for small or little,

in reference to the very small size of the included species in the genus, and dromia, the

common tachydromiine suffix for runner. The gender is feminine.

Diagnosis. Adults of Baeodromia are distinguished from those of other drapetine genera by

a combination of the head with eyes contiguous on face and frons divergent above (Fig. 3),

antenna with small ovate postpedicel and dorsoapical arista—like stylus (Fig. 2), wing with

cell br much shorter than cell bm at apex (Fig. 1), male abdomen with lateral vessel—like

glands under at least tergite 2, relatively small asymmetrical male terminalia with slender

ventral apodeme in addition to long ejaculatory apodeme (Fig. 5), and female terminalia

characterized by tergite 8 and sternite 8 fused laterally into a ring segment with sternite 8

portion hinged apically to cover genital opening (Figs. 6, 7). Characteristics of the tribe

Drapetini are reviewed in the Discussion section.

Description. Length 1.0-2.0 mm.

Male. Head. Ground color light brown to black. Eyes with ommatrichia (=microscopic

pubescence); eyes contiguous on face (Fig. 3); facets not enlarged below antennae. Gena

not extended below eye. Frons with sides divergent above; narrow above antennae,

minimum width only slightly greater than width of median ocellus. One pair of long slightly

convergent ocellar setae; one pair of short slightly divergent postocellar setae; one pair of

convergent vertical setae; a few occipital setae ventrally. Frons, vertex, occiput, and gena

lightly covered in tomentum. Antennae arising near middle of head; scape small; pedicel

globose, with several long ventral preapical setae; postpedicel (= first flagellomere) small,

ovate, with long arista—like stylus arising dorsoapically (Fig. 2); segments ivory yellow to

light brown, paler than head color. Palpus ivory to yellow; elongate—ovate with distinct

Baeodromia, a new genus of Tachydromiinae JESO Volume 137, 2006

“hy

rR . sl ww

OI PH NNNAAANNANNAHARANNHO 1

CuA

a | 1

FIGURES 1-7. Baeodromia pleuritica (Melander). 1. Wing; 2. Antenna; 3. Head, frontal

view, antennae removed; 4. Male abdomen dorsal view, with enlarged inset showing

internal detail of right lateral vessel-like gland; 5. Male terminalia, right lateral view; 6.

Female terminalia, left lateral view; 7. Female terminalia, ventral view. Abbreviations:

bm—basal medial cell; br—basal radial cell; cerc—cercus; CuA —cubital vein; ej apod—

ejaculatory apodeme; fr—frons; hypd—hypandrium; Ift epand lam—left epandrial lamella;

pped—postpedicel; R,,,—2"* radial vein; rt cerc—right cercus; rt sur—right surstylus; st—

sternite; tg—tergite; v apod—ventral apodeme. Scale bars=0.1 mm, except Fig. 4 where scale

bar=0.2 mm.

Cumming JESO Volume 137, 2006

apical seta. Proboscis slightly recurved. Thorax. Ground color yellowish brown to black.

Thoracic macrotrichia relatively thin and short; 1 long postpronotal pair, 2 long notopleural

pairs, | long postalar pair, 1 short subapical scutellar pair, and | long apical scutellar pair of

setae; acrostichal setulae in 2 rows, incomplete posteriorly; dorsocentral setulae (including

intra—alars) in 4 rows; | postpronotal and | supra—alar pair of setulae. Postpronotal lobe

undifferentiated. Scutum entirely tomentose; postalar callus partially differentiated;

scutellum entirely tomentose. Katepisternum shiny, remainder of mesopleuron tomentose.

Metakatepisternum shiny; metaepimeron large, tomentose. Halter ivory to yellow. Wing.

Broad and blunt-tipped; hyaline to slightly infuscate, with darker infuscation arranged along

longitudinal veins (Fig. 1); costa with slightly lengthened basal setae; R_ originating half

way to slightly beyond half way along R,; R,,, complete in most species, abbreviated before

reaching costa (or almost absent) in most specimens of B. pleuritica (Melander); cell br

short, ending well before apex of cell bm; crossvein bm—cu nearly transverse; CuA, slightly

arched and reaching wing margin, faint apically in B. pleuritica (Melander); CuA, and A,

absent. Legs. Short with ground color ivory or yellow to brown. Fore femur moderately

to markedly thickened, with pair of prominent ventral preapical setae. Mid femur slender

to barely thickened, with pair of prominent anteroventral preapical setae. Hind leg slender;

femur with pair of anteroventral preapical setae; tibia not expanded apically. Abdomen.

Segments 1-7 lightly sclerotized, subequal in length; segment 8 short, partially concealed

by segment 7. Lateral vessel—like glands under at least tergite 2, with apparent ducts exiting

along posterior margin (probably including intersegmental membrane) of tergite (Fig. 4).

Tergites 4 and 5 without squamiform lateral setae. Terminalia. Hypopygium relatively

small (Fig. 4), asymmetrical, and rotated 90 degrees to the right with most components of

the left side reduced in size (Fig. 5). Epandrium completely divided; left epandrial lamella

fused to hypandrium; left surstylus short and not divided into components; right epandrial

lamella relatively large, positioned ventrally; right surstylus broad. Cerci, including

subepandrial sclerite, fused together basally; left cercus long, digitiform; right cercus short.

Internally with rod—shaped ejaculatory apodeme and long slender ventral apodeme.

Female. Similar to male except abdominal tergites 1-6 very weakly sclerotized and without

setae; lateral vessel—like glands lacking. Terminalia (Figs. 6, 7) with tergite 8 fused laterally

to sternite 8 forming ring segment; sternite 8 portion of ring segment with apex hinged

as a cover for genital opening; sternite 9 (=genital fork) visible as small internal sclerite;

tergite 10 absent; sternite 10 positioned below proctiger, desclerotized basomedially; cercus

small. In one undescribed species from Costa Rica (Monteverde, 1500 m) known only from

females (CNC), the wing is reduced to tiny stubs and the halter is vestigial.

Included species. The genus currently includes Baeodromia pleuritica (Melander) n. comb.

from eastern North America and at least nine undescribed species from the Neotropical

Region (Mexico, Guatemala, Belize, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Dominica,

Venezuela, and Brazil). Each of the undescribed species is at present known from one or

two specimens (often only females) and therefore description of these new species will be

deferred until additional material is acquired.

Baeodromia, a new genus of Tachydromiinae JESO Volume 137, 2006

Baeodromia pleuritica (Melander) n. comb.

Stilpon pleuritica Melander 1928: 302.

Stilpon (Tetraneurella) pleuriticus Melander: Melander 1965: 476.

‘Stilpon’ pleuriticus Melander: Cumming and Cooper 1992: 980.

Type material examined. HOLOTYPE, male labelled: “FRANCONIA, Niew]

H[{ampshire].”; “TYPE/ pleuritica/ Mel[ander]. [red label]” (USNM). Melander (1928)

described this species from a single specimen collected by Mrs. Slosson from the White

Mountains of New Hampshire. The holotype from Franconia, Mrs. Slosson’s hometown in

the White Mountains, is a male specimen with somewhat retracted terminalia, rather than a

female as Melander (1928) reported.

Other material examined. CANADA, Manitoba: Ninette, ex. Betula glandulosa, 15

July 1958, 2, 2, CNC. New Brunswick: Kouchibouguac N[at]. P[k]., Code—5466F, 2 July

1977, 23, CNC. Nova Scotia: Cranberry I[sland], Lockeport, in mouse run among Carex,

31 July 1958, 3, CNC. Ontario: Crieff Bog, 3 km W. Puslinch, pt3a sedge meadow, 18-24

July 1987, 2, DEBU; Damascus, Luther Marsh Bog, Rot T[ra]p, August—October 1984,

2, DEBU; Gananogue, 18 km E., 9 June-15 July 1977, ¢, 22, CNC; Guelph, [University]

Arboretum, mushroom traps, 12-14 July 1984, 2, DEBU; Kaladar, | July 1969, ¢, USNM:

Mer Bleue, Ottawa, in sphagnum bog, 19 July 1963, 29, CNC; Mer Bleue, Ottawa, in marsh,

25 June 1964, 32, CNC; Richmond, 11 July 1978, ¢, CNC. Quebee: Harrington L[ake],

Gatineau Pk., 3 July 1963, 2, CNC; Lac Phillipe, 45°37’ N, 76°[10’]W, 5 August 1955,

3, CNC. UNITED STATES, Florida: Archibold Biol[ogical] Sta[tion], Lake Placid, |

October 1979, 2, CNC; Bradenton, 4 July 1986, 42, CNC; Gainesville, 25 April 1952, ¢

CNC. Georgia: McIntosh Co., Sapelo Island, live oak forest, F[light] I[ntercept] T[rap], 20

June-18 July 1987, ¢, CNC. Indiana: Perry Co., In.145, 1.5 mi N. of I-64, shaded weeds

& grass, 13 July 1982, ¢, CNC. Kentucky: Mammoth Cave Nat. Pk., 23 August 1981,

2, CNC. Maryland: Thurmont, 8 June 1962, <, Be CNC. Massachusetts: Brewster, 8

August 1964, 2°, CNC; Concord, 17 July 1961, 2, USNM; Holliston, 6 July, 2, CNC.

Michigan: Benton Harbor, orchard sweeps, 17 eae 1941, 2, USNM. New Hampshire:

Straf[ford] Co., Spruce Hole, 3 mi SW Durham, sweep on mat, 23 July 1987, 2, UNHC.

New York: Adirondacks, Connery Pond, 15 July 1938, 2, USNM. North andlieee

Bladen Co., Singletary Lk. St. Pk., 34°35’N, 78°27°3”W, malaise [trap], 19-22 May 2003,

debu00227321, 2°, DEBU; Brunswick Co., near Longwood, pit fall trap soybean field 3AI

Agl, 1 August 1979, ¢, NCSR; Franklin, 2000’, on ground among Carex roots, 8 May

1957, 73, 42, CNC; Franklin, 2000’, 10 June 1957, 6, CNC; Graham Co., Robbinsville,

9 June 1976, 3, CAS; Highlands, 3800’, 1 June 1957, 3 June 1957, 6 June 1957, 26, 9,

CNC; Gr[eat] Smoky Nat. Pk., Mingus Creek nr. Cherokee, 2000’, 29 May 1957, 2, CNC.

Virginia: Montgomery Co., 8 km NW Blacksburg, 1000 m, M[alaise] T[rap] Rural, 4 June

1987, 3,22, CNC.

Diagnosis. Antennae with basal segments ivory to yellow, postpedicel and arista—like stylus

slightly darker, yellow to light brown; wing length 1.5-1.75X length of head + thorax; R,,

abbreviated (Fig. 1) or sometimes absent, rarely complete (see below under Remarks); is

Cumming JESO Volume 137, 2006

ivory yellow to light brown, hind femur with apex darker brown; male fore femur with

basal row of anteroventral setae; male fore tibia with apical row of short ventral setae; male

mid femur with row of short stout ventral setae; male hind basitarsus not dilated; male with

vessel-like gland under each side of abdominal tergite 2, not present under subsequent

tergites (Fig. 4); male terminalia with left surstylus short and pointed, right epandrial lamella

with long setae, right surstylus broad with two apical projections, left cercus elongate and

curved (Fig. 5); female terminalia with tergite 8 portion of ring segment broad medially

(Fig. 6).

Distribution. Known from eastern North America: Manitoba, Ontario, Quebec, New

Brunswick, and Nova Scotia south through Michigan, Indiana, Kentucky, New York, New

Hampshire, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, Georgia,

and Florida (Pennsylvania record from Melander (1965)).

Remarks. The wings appear to be slightly shortened (i.e., approximately 1.5X the length

of head + thorax) in a few female specimens of B. pleuritica. The length of vein R,,, is also

variable, generally being abbreviated and present as a short spur (Fig. 1), but occasionally

completely absent. Rarely vein R,,, is complete, as seen in a single female specimen of

B. pleuritica from Brewster, Massachusetts and a series of four female specimens from

Bradenton, Florida. In addition, there may be some variation in the extent of leg bristling

in male specimens, where for example the apical row of short ventral setae on the fore tibia

is not very conspicuous, although this may be due to a lack of pigmentation associated with

preservation of teneral specimens.

Discussion

Baeodromia belongs to the tachydromiine tribe Drapetini as defined by Sinclair

and Cumming (2006), on the basis of the following apomorphies: eyes with ommatrichia,

loss of CuA, (inadvertently referred to as CuA, by Sinclair and Cumming 2006, page 79),

and loss of tergite 10 in females (correlated ith sternite 10 positioned below the cerci).

With the description of Baeodromia herein, the tribe currently includes 19 genera. The main

phylogenetic patterns within Drapetini were discussed by Cumming and Cooper (1992) and

a preliminary analysis of most of the included genera was attempted by Grootaert (1994),

although precise relationships still need to be elucidated.

On the basis of the shared apomorphic shortening of the length of the basal radial

(br) cell relative to the apex of the basal medial (bm) cell, Baeodromia appears related

to a group of nine drapetine genera that comprises Austrodrapetis Smith, Crossopalpus

Bigot, Dusmetina Gil, Drapetis Meigen, Elaphropeza Macquart, Ngaheremyia Plant and

Didham, Pontodromia Grootaert, Sinodrapetis Yang, Gaimari and Grootaert, and Stilpon

Loew. Conversely Grootaert (1994) and Plant and Didham (2006) consider Austrodrapetis,

Ngaheremyia, and Pontodromia along with a few other genera, to belong to an Australasian—

Melanesian clade of Drapetini, based on another shared venational character, the distal

origin of the radial sector (R,) along R,. However, this character state is sometimes difficult

to code and based on conflicts with other characters, including the distinctly shortened cell

Baeodromia, a new genus of Tachydromiinae JESO Volume 137, 2006

br, appears to have evolved more than once within Australasian—Melanesian drapetines.

The relationships within the hypothesized monophyletic group of nine genera

mentioned above are still uncertain, although Drapetis, Elaphropeza, and Crossopalpus

(and probably also the monotypic genera Dusmetina and Sinodrapetis) appear to form a

clade (herein referred to as the Drapetis group) on the basis of similar male intersegmental

gland—like modifications associated with abdominal terga 3-5, and the nearly universal

presence of squamiform setae on some of these tergites in both the male and female. It is

now known that similar male intersegmental gland—like modifications exist in some Oriental

species of Stijpon (Shamshev and Grootaert 2004; Shamshev et al. 2006), so it is likely that

this genus is related to the other five genera. Austrodrapetis, Pontodromia, and probably

Ngaheremyia appear to represent another lineage (herein referred to as the Austrodrapetis

group) within this group of nine genera, primarily on the basis of the distal origin of R..

Austrodrapetis and Pontodromia are very similar and share a number of apomorphies, as

indicated by Grootaert (1994). Interestingly like Baeodromia, Austrodrapetis also possesses

lateral vessel—like glands in the male, but these are oriented differently, exiting along the

anterior margin of the tergite rather than the posterior margin, and they occur under tergites

3 and 4 rather than tergite 2 (Smith 1964; Smith and Davies 1965). According to Grootaert

(1994), Pontodromia does not possess lateral vessel—like glands in the male. A single

median vessel—like gland also occurs in males of few species of the unrelated drapetine

genus Nanodromia Grootaert (Grootaert and Shamshev 2003).

The exact relationship of Baeodromia to these three lineages (1.e., Drapetis group,

Stilpon, and Austrodrapetis group) is presently uncertain. Although the genus shares two

characters (i.e., a dorsoapical arista—like stylus and eyes contiguous on the face) with Stilpon,

both features have developed independently numerous times within the Tachydromiinae.

Homoplasy in the dorsoapical arista in particular, is very frequent in tachydromiine genera,

such as Stilpon and Baeodromia that tend to be of very small body size. Although generic

relationships of Baeodromia are unsure, the separate status and monophyly of the genus

is substantiated by the apomorphic form of the arista, contiguous eyes on the face, unique

form of the male abdominal glands, and the female terminalia with segment 8 fused into

a ring. Further study of additional characters, such as the male abdominal glands, will

hopefully improve our knowledge of the phylogenetic relationships within the Drapetini,

allowing for a more precise placement of Baeodromia.

Acknowledgements

This paper is dedicated to the late Dr. D. H. Pengelly, who was the first person to

seriously encourage me to pursue a career in systematic entomology. I thank the curators

listed under “Materials” for the loan of specimens in their collections. I am also grateful

to B. Flahey for preparing the illustrations of Figures | and 4-7, as well as S. E. Brooks for

preparing the illustration of Figure 3 and for labelling the plate. Figure 2 is reproduced with

permission from Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada. S. E. Brooks and J. E. O’Hara kindly

reviewed the manuscript.

Cumming JESO Volume 137, 2006

References

Cumming, J. M. and B. E, Cooper. 1992, A revision of the Nearctic species of the

tachydromiine fly genus Stijpon Loew (Diptera: Empidoidea). The Canadian

Entomologist 124: 951-998,

Cumming, J. M., B. J. Sinclair, and D. M. Wood. 1995. Homology and phylogenetic

implications of male genitalia in Diptera— Eremoneura. Entomologica Scandinavica

26: 121-151.

Cumming, J.M. and B.J. Sinclair. /n press, Empididae (dance flies, balloon flies, predaceous

flies), /n Manual of Central American Diptera, Volume |. B.V. Brown et al. (eds.),

NRC Research Press, Ottawa.

Grootaert, P. 1994, Two new genera of empidoid flies (Diptera, Empidoidea, Hybotidae,

Tachydromiinae) from Melanesia. Studia dipterologica 1: 141-156.

Grootaert, P. and I. V. Shamshey. 2003. New species of the genus Nanodromia Grootaert

(Diptera, Empidoidea, Hybotidae) from Thailand. The Natural History Journal of

Chulalongkorn University 3: 41-52.

McAlpine, J. F. 1981. Morphology and Terminology—Adults [Chapter] 2. pp. 9-63, /n

Manual of Nearctic Diptera, Volume |. Agriculture Canada Monograph, J. F.

McAlpine, B. V. Peterson, G. E. Shewell, H. J. Teskey, J. R. Vockeroth, and D. M.

Wood (Coords.), 27, vi + 674 pp.

Melander, A. L. 1928. Diptera, Fam, Empididae. /n Genera Insectorum. P. Wytsman (ed.),

185 (1927): 1-434.

Melander, A. L. 1965, Family Empididae (Empidae, Hybotidae). pp. 446-481, /n A catalog

of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. A, Stone, C. W. Sabrosky, W. W. Wirth,

R. E. Foote, and J. R. Coulson (eds.), United States Department of Agriculture,

Agricultural Research Service, Agriculture Handbook 276: iv + 1696 pp.

O'Hara, J. E. 1983. Classification, phylogeny and zoogeography of the North American

species of Siphona Meigen (Diptera: Tachinidae), Quaestiones Entomologica 18

(1982): 261-380.

Plant, A. R. and R. K. Didham, 2006, A new genus of Drapetini (Diptera: Hybotidae:

Tachydromiinae) from New Zealand. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine 142: 41-

47.

Shamshev, |. V. and P. Grootaert. 2004. A review of the genus Stijpon Loew, 1859

(Empidoidea: Hybotidae) from the Oriental region. The Raffles Bulletin of Zoology

52: 315-346.

Shamshevy, |. V., P. Grootaert, and A. Stark, 2006, Notes on a remarkable abdominal

structure in some Crossopalpus Bigot species (Diptera: Hybotidae) with records

from Southeast Asia. Studia dipterologica 12 (2005); 331-336,

Sinclair, B. J. 2000. [Chapter] 1.2. Morphology and terminology of Diptera male terminalia.

pp. 53-74 /n Contributions to a Manual of Palaearctic Diptera (with special reference

to flies of economic importance), Volume |. General and Applied Dipterology. L.

Papp and B. Darvas (eds.), Science Herald, Budapest, 978 pp.

Sinclair, B. J. and J. M. Cumming. 2006. The morphology, higher-level phylogeny and

classification of the Empidoidea (Diptera). Zootaxa 1180: 1-172.

Baeodromia, a new genus of Tachydromiinae JESO Volume 137, 2006

Smith, K. G. V. 1964. A remarkable new genus and two new species of Empididae

(Tachydromiinae, Drapetini) from the Cook Islands. Pacific Insects 6(2): 247-

251.

Smith, K. G. V. and R.: G. Davies. 1965. Gland—like abdominal structures of possible

epigamic function in the Diptera. Nature 207: 321-322.

- . ‘ <= o*

5. teeae 4 ak aati Sioa

7 iefinarae ny aac et

tO dl Bea >

re } orl: Lz, ¢

4 paareors rt

t+.

se mee =

ae Wend 10852 Mia

on 2 = opto eiecioeetines “

; {

5 bes th iden tbe flier balla

ra rive Arneritea greta wohume Ls Hyd

> "a Pie .

-servery at oenNeand tie 4 apters, Revi :

>< wwe ed ett Pe deretogica 1 #3}

15 Sow apwh bee of Wine genlin’ Npoieedige

yop eas hwnd. The ‘moni

betas ist Selgtahatllial wea

tit 18 3, ‘Yeiies Apwuitete (.

“Ay i, town 0.2 Tobe,

ng ' eoern tsocontinas FM

aeghel

’ t me iia Api ro sfe-431; fer

his ‘\ Men, Ss Sabra yy We

a ‘ # i" wos inenl of A

sik Per tele dhe he * Tea

: Geni of Ure

* , a fies borstet

4 y ijipeek

c uthhy Mag

‘ iit) AA L .

a iit

sep re pryerkghile

cpm coay oar ie etlidoos ,

wapicescu 13 cs) Lat. TA ‘

pico bine oma CTC ANOS -yotth ras 4

los ‘eae ‘ee Papaigatcpir 1 ipreetad ? cna

ata) eden said. Sitges) aod L a0 aia

i ov wma Adore by pare Wag

4 ie, DP ,

_ 2 RIT mA i. ps

’ W Fe Ves. si oF E @) 7 ‘ J

a ol Ow | opera

Revision of Neotropical Trachagathis JESO Volume 137, 2006

REVISION OF THE NEOTROPICAL GENUS TRACHAGATHIS

VIERECK (HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE: AGATHIDINAE)

MICHAEL SHARKEY

S-225, Dept of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Agric. Sci. Bldg—N..,

Lexington, Kentucky, 40546, USA

email: msharkey@uky.edu

Abstract J. ent. Soc. Ont. 137: 51-61

Two new species of Trachagathis Viereck are described and two species are

synonymized under Trachagathis rubricincta (Ashmead). The generic limits

of the genus are expanded to include species that do not have an elongate

gena.

Published July 2007

Introduction

Viereck (1913) proposed the genus Trachagathis with T. taeniogaster Viereck as

the only included species, based on one specimen from Paraguay. Sharkey (2006a) discussed

the phylogenetic position of Trachagathis and presented evidence for a monophyletic

Trachagathis including the type species plus two additional species, Agathis rubricincta

(Ashmead, in Riley et al. 1894), and Agathis depressifrons (Braet and van Achterberg 2003),

which were transferred to Trachagathis as part of his redefinition of the genus. All of the

above species are here treated as Trachagathis rubricincta, and two additional species of

Trachagathis are described as new. All three species in the genus are neotropical and appear

to be uncommon. Terminology follows Sharkey and Wharton (1997).

Systematics

Trachagathis Viereck, 1913

Type species: Trachagathis taeniogaster Viereck, 1913

Diagnosis. Members of Trachagathis may be distinguished from all other agathidines by

the presence of a groove running from the lateral ocellus anterolaterally to the superior

orbit of the compound eye (Figs. lc, 2c); this is a unique structure within the Agathidinae

(Sharkey 2006b). All species have extensive granulate sculpture on many parts of the body

including the propodeum, hind coxa (Fig. 3b), and first metasomal median tergite. Sharkey

(2006b) provides a key to the New World genera of Agathidinae.

Sharkey JESO Volume 137, 2006

FIGURE 1. A) Trachagathis pengellyella, \ateral habitus; B) T. pengellyella, head lateral

aspect; arrow points to galea; C) 7: pengellyella, detail of head, dorsolateral aspect, left

arrow points to transverse groove, right arrows indicate that the medial margin of the groove

is sharp.

Revision of Neotropical Trachagathis JESO Volume 137, 2006

FIGURE 2. A) Trachagathis townesiella, lateral habitus; B) T. townesiella, head lateral

aspect; arrow points to galea; C) 7: townesiella, detail of head, dorsolateral aspect, left

arrow points to transverse groove, right arrow indicates that the groove is not present medial

to the ocellus.

JESO Volume 137, 2006

Sle ni

FIGURE 3. A) Trachagathis rubricincta lateral habitus; B) T. rubricincta, lateral surface of

hind coxa showing granulate sculpture; C) 7. rubricincta, detail of forewing showing small

second submarginal cell (2"! SM).

Revision of Neotropical Trachagathis JESO Volume 137, 2006

Description. Length: 3.5-7.0 mm. Head: Number of flagellomeres 28-42; maxillary

palpus 5—segmented, labial palpus 4~segmented, 3 segment varying from subequal to 4"

segment to about 1/5" the length of the 4" segment; longitudinal ridge running between the

antennae; groove running from the medial margin of lateral ocellus anterolaterally to the

superior orbit of the compound eye (Figs. 1c, 2c); gena not expanded, in the form of a flange,

posteroventrally; galea elongate from slightly longer than wide to more than two times

longer than wide. Mesosoma: Notauli impressed and foveolate; scutellum with posterior

transverse ridge weakly indicated; propodeal sculpture variable, from entirely granulate, to

entirely areolate rugose, often with a combination of the two sculptures; hind coxal cavities

closed with a wide sclerite separating the coxal cavities and the metasomal foramen:

metasomal foramen bordered ventrally by a high carina; propleuron lacking projection;

sternaulus impressed and foveolate; second submarginal cell of forewing petiolate and very

small (Figs. 3c, 4d); vein RS2b absent, RS+M absent; Cub of hind wing usually absent, rarely

indicated as a stub in large specimens; foretibia lacking spines; midtibia with preapical and

usually with apical spines; hind tibia with apical spines; all tarsal claws with truncate basal

lobe; row of pectination visible on basal lobe of some specimens. Metasoma: |* median

tergite granulate, lacking longitudinal carinae; 2" median tergite granulate, but sculpture

weaker than that of 1“; ovipositor length subequal to body length. Colour (Figs. la, 2a,

3a): All three species are predominantly black except 2™ metasomal tergum pale yellow

some lighter colour on the legs, including one or two light bands on hind tibia (Figs. 4a-c)

and sometimes lighter colour on the mouthparts, lower gena, and posterior orbit; wings

hyaline.

Biology. Sharkey (2006a) reported Elasmopalpus lignosellus (Zeller), the lesser cornstalk

borer, as a host for Trachagathis rubricincta.

Comments. As mentioned in Sharkey (2006a), Trachagathis is probably a derived clade of

the cinctus group of species that is presently placed in the polyphyletic genus Bassus. As

shown in Sharkey et al. (2006) all members of Agathidinae other than members of Disophrini

and Cremnoptini would have to be transferred to Bassus to render it monophyletic. For the

sake of nomenclatorial stability it seems better to maintain the polyphyletic concept until a

more in depth study is undertaken. Members of Trachagathis and the cinctus group share

granulate sculpture which is otherwise rare in the subfamily. Transferring members of the

cintus group to Trachagathis is also premature since this character state is the only evidence

of monophyly. Hopefully molecular evidence, which is not yet available for Trachagathis,

will clarify its phylogenetic position. In the original description of the genus (Viereck

1913) and in Sharkey’s (1997) key, the groove running between the lateral ocellus and the

superior orbit of the eye was referred to as a carina; I here follow Braet and van Achterberg

(2003) in referring to it as a groove.

Distribution: Although known from only a total of about 85 specimens, Trachagathis

appears to be widely distributed in South America east of the Andes from the Guyanas to

northern Argentina. Trachagathis rubricincta also occurs in the Caribbean on both the

Lesser and Greater Antilles, but since it has a host associated with corn and sugarcane

(Sharkey 2006a), this distribution may have been influenced by agricultural trade.

Sharkey JESO Volume 137, 2006

FIGURE 4. <A) Trachagathis pengellyella, hind tibia illustrating colour pattern; B)

Trachagathis townesiella, hind tibia illustrating colour pattern; C) Trachagathis rubricincta,

hind tibia illustrating colour pattern; D) Trachagathis rubricincta, detail of forewing of

holotype of Agathis depressifrons.

Revision of Neotropical Trachagathis JESO Volume 137, 2006

Key to species of Trachagathis

1 Hind tibia with single pale band, positioned basally (Fig. 4c)...... bets bade alent.

ok i 2 SL Ae a T. rubricincta (Ashmead)

- Hind tibia with two pale bands, one basally and one near midlength (Figs. 4a, b)

2 Transverse groove on frons only eames to lateral margin of lateral ocellus (Fig.

2c); mid femur melanic ........... RU en. Sl towrnesiena nsp.

- Transverse groove on frons excnding - wittedial ide of fier aceiltts (Fig. 1c); mid

ea ee T. pengellyella n.sp.

‘Species Treatments

Note: In the species descriptions, variation for continuous and meristic characters is given

in parentheses.

Trachagathis rubricincta (Ashmead) (Figs. 3a-c, 4c-d)

Agathis rubricincta Ashmead, 1894 (Holotype examined)

Trachagathis rubricincta, Sharkey 2006a

Trachagathis taeniogaster Viereck 1913 N. Syn. (Holotype examined)

Agathis depressifrons Braet and van Achterberg, 2003. N. Syn. (Holotype examined)

Trachagathis depressifrons, Sharkey 2006a

Diagnosis. Hind leg melanic except for a pale band at extreme base (Fig. 4c); galea more

elongate than other species, clearly longer than wide (Fig. 3a).

Description. Holotype Female. Length: 5.23 mm (3.82-6.48) Head: Antenna with

37 (35-42) fiagellomeres; penultimate labial palpomere subequal in length to apical

palpomere; galea elongate, clearly longer than wide (Fig. 3a); malar space long, 0.74x eye

height; groove between lateral ocellus and compound eye deeply excavated; sharp media!

margin of groove extending past medial margin of lateral ocelius (c.f., Fig. 1c). Mesosoma:

mesoscutum with deep irregular punctures; notauli crenulate and deeply impressed; mediar

areola of metanotum rounded, rugose and irregular apically, propodeum with granulate

microsculpture and some with areolate rugose macrosculpture, pronotum granulate with

some rugose sculpture; mesopleuron with deep irregular punctures over much of surface,

often granulate posteriorly; sternaulus deep and crenulate; metapleuron granulate; second

submarginal cell of forewing small (Fig. 3c); Cub vein of hind wing represented by a small

bulge on cu-a. Metasoma: |“ median tergite granular with small longitudinal rugosities

anterolaterally; 2" median tergite weakly granulate, 3 median tergite weakly granulate

anteriorly becoming smooth posteriorly; remainder of metasoma smooth; ovipositor slightly

longer than body length. Colour (Fig. 3a): Black except yellow or yellowish brown as

follows: some mouthparts, posterior orbit of eye, fore and middle legs apical to the basal 3"

of the femora, extreme base of hind tibia; 2"' metasomal segment and parts of sterna, and

laterotergites of 1‘ and 3 metasomal segments.

Sharkey JESO Volume 137, 2006

Males. Only 4 of the 67 specimens examined were males. Except for sexual characters

they are very similar to females, All of the males are rather small, the smallest specimen is

a male with a body length of 3.68 mm,

Biology. Two rearings from the Commonwealth Institute of Biological Control in the

Caribbean resulted in host records from the lesser cornstalk borer, Elasmopalpus lignosellus

(Zeller), One of the hosts was reared from sugarcane and it is likely that they both were,

though one specimen lacks this detailed label data. Full data for these specimens is given

in Sharkey (2006a),

Variation and Comments. The specimens here treated as 7) rubricincta vary significantly

in body length. Specimens from the eastern and southern Amazon basin are particularly

large. | have looked carefully at these specimens for other characters that might suggest

separate species status, but could find none, The second submarginal cell of all specimens

is very small, especially so in the holotype of Agathis depressifrons (Fig. 4d) where it is

little more than an indentation at the point where veins 2RS and M meet. However there is

continuous variation from this size to that of Figure 3c, which is the most common for the

species,

Distribution, Widespread in the Caribbean, and recorded from the following South

American countries: Argentina (Tucuman), Brazil, Peru, Bolivia, and French Guyana.

Type Material Examined, Holotype Female: Agathis rubricincta Ashmead, “Windward

Side, St. Vincent, W.1.” [West Indies], British Museum (Natural History), Holotype

Female: 7rachagathis taeniogaster Viereck, “Paraguay (San Bernadino) K. Fiebrig, S.V.,

19 iv [sic.], Type” Museum fiir Naturkunde der Humboldt—Universitat, Berlin, Germany.

Holotype Female: Agathis depressifons Braet and Achterberg “Guyane francaise:

Sinnamary, Pointe Combi, 2-9—xi.2000, Malaise trap, 5°18’N— 52°57W, P. Cerdan [sic =

Cerda] — lab Hydrobiologie”, Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden, Netherlands.

Trachagathis townesiella Sharkey new species (Figs. 2a-c, 4b)

Diagnosis. Hind leg melanic except for 2 white bands (Fig. 4b), one at the extreme base and

One just basal to the mid—point; transverse groove on frons only extending to lateral margin

of lateral ocellus (Fig. 2c).

Description. Holotype Female. Length; 4.00 mm (3.85-4.12). Head: Antenna with

33 (32-33) flagellomeres; penultimate labial palpomere slightly more than half as long as

apical palpomere; galea moderately elongate, clearly longer than wide; malar space not

elongate (Fig. 2b), 0.45x eye height; groove between lateral ocellus and compound eye

weakly excavated; medial margin of groove ending on lateral margin of lateral ocellus (Fig.

2c). Mesosoma: Mesoscutum with irregular punctures; notauli deeply impressed, smooth,

or with a few weak crenulae; median areola of metanotum truncate apically; propodeum

densely areolate rugose, areolae with smaller rugosities; mesopleuron with shallow irregular

Revision of Neotropical Trachagathis JESO Volume 137, 2006

punctures over much of surface, often granulate posteriorly; sternaulus deep and crenulate;

pronotum granulate; mesopleuron with small scattered punctures; sternaulus deep and

crenulate; metapleuron granulate; second submarginal cell of forewing small (c.f., Fig.

3c); Cub vein of hind wing usually absent (represented by short stub in some specimens).

Metasoma: |“ median tergite granular with small longitudinal rugosities anterolaterally; 2°

median tergite weakly granulate, 3 median tergite from entirely smooth to weakly granulate

anteriorly becoming smooth posteriorly; remainder of metasoma smooth; ovipositor slightly

shorter than body length. Colour (Fig. 2a): Black except as follows: palpi and some other

mouthparts yellow, foreleg dark basally gradually lightening in colour distally, foretibia

and tarsus yellow; middle leg except coxa brownish yellow, with a weak light band on

tibia; hind tibia with 2 light bands, one basal and another ending at midlength (Fig. 4b); 2"¢

metasomal segment and sterna and laterotergite of 1‘* metasomal segment yellow (Fig. 3a).

Males. Unknown.

Biology. Unknown.

Distribution. Atlantic rainforest of southeastern Brazil.

Etymology. Named in honor of Marjorie Townes and the late Henry Townes who collected

most of the specimens.

Type Material. Holotype 2°, BRAZIL: [Rio de Janeiro State], Teresopolis, [22°25°60”

S, 42°58°60”"W, 1068 m.], 14 March 1966, H. & M. Townes (American Entomological

Institute). Paratypes: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro State: 2, Serra da Bocaina, [23°13°0”

S, 44°43’°0"W], F. M. Oliveira, (American Entomological Institute). Parana: 22, Quatro

Barros [sic.] (= Barras), [25°22’0”S, 49°4’60”W, 904m.], 5-9 February 1966, H. & M.

Townes (American Entomological Institute). 2°, Campina Grande nr. Curitiba, [25°18°0"S,

49°4°60”"W, 914 m.], 23 February 1966, H. & M. Townes (American Entomological

Institute).

Trachagathis pengellyella Sharkey new species (Figs. la-c, 4a)

Diagnosis. Hind femur yellow in apical half, hind tibia with 2 white bands, one at the

extreme base and one just basal to the mid—point; transverse groove on frons extending to

medial side of lateral ocellus (Fig. Ic).

Description. Holotype Female. Length: 4.03 mm (3.58-4.20). Head: Antenna with

29 (28-30) flagellomeres; penultimate labial palpomere slightly less than half as long as

apical palpomere; galea short, unmodified, slightly longer than wide (Fig. 1b); malar space

not elongate 0.47x eye height; groove between lateral ocellus and compound eye deeply

excavated; sharp medial margin of groove mesad lateral ocellus. Mesosoma: mesoscutum

with irregular punctures; notauli deeply impressed, crenulate; median areola of metanotum

acute to rounded apically; propodeum densely areolate rugose, areolae with smaller

Sharkey JESO Volume 137, 2006

rugosities or granulations; pronotum rugose anteroventrally, smooth to weakly granulate

posterodorsally; mesopleuron with small scattered punctures, granulate posteriorly;

sternaulus deep and crenulate; metapleuron smooth to weakly rugose with a hint of

granulate microsculpture; second submarginal cell of forewing small (c.f., Fig. 3c) [barely

indicated in the specimen from Nova Teutonia (c.f. Fig. 4d)]; Cub vein of hind wing absent.

Metasoma: |“ median tergite granular with small longitudinal rugosities anterolaterally; 2"

median tergite weakly granulate, 3 median tergite smooth; remainder of metasoma smooth;

ovipositor slightly shorter than body length. Colour (Fig. la): Black except as follows:

palpi and some mouthparts yellow; all legs except coxae yellow or yellowish brown; middle

leg with two weak light bands on tibia, a small one at base and one occupying most of

surface except for apex; hind tibia with 2 light bands, one basal and another ending just past

midlength (Fig. 4a); 2" metasomal segment and sterna and laterotergite of 1 metasomal

segment yellow.

Males. Unknown.

Biology. Unknown.

Distribution. Tucuman, Argentina, and Nova Teutonia, Brazil.

Etymology. Named in honor David Pengelly whose kindheartedness and gentle

encouragement helped me through pivotal years of my university education.

Type Material. Holotype Female. ARGENTINA: Tucuman, San Pedro Colalao,

[26°13°60"S, 65°28’60”"W, 1056 m.], I-11 September 1968. L. Stange, (American

Entomological Institute). Paratypes: ARGENTINA: Tucuman: Y, same data as holotype

except 8 November—8 December 1967, (American Entomological Institute). 9, Tacanas,

[27°7°60"S, 64°49°0”'W, 356 m.], 7-17 December 1968, L. Stange, (American Entomological

Institute). 2, Rio Nio [sic = Rio del Nio], [26°25°60"S, 64°55’60”W, 886 m.], 30 November

1964, C. C. Porter, (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard). BRAZIL: 9, Nova

Teutonia, 27°11°8"S, 52°23°1”W, 300-500 m., 13 February 1969, F. Plaumann, (Canadian

National Collection, Ottawa).

Acknowledgements

Support was provided by NSF grants EF—0337220 and DEB—0205982 to M.

Sharkey. Cheryl Lindsay took photographs and compiled the plates. Thanks to two

anonymous reviewers and to editor Steve Marshall. Thanks also to curators for the loan of

specimens. Figure 3 was reproduced with permission from Magnolia Press. This is paper

06—08—067 of the Kentucky Agricultural Experimental Station.

Revision of Neotropical Trachagathis JESO Volume 137, 2006

References

Braet, Y. and C. van Achterberg. 2003. Doryctorgilus gen. nov. and other new taxa, with a

study of the internal microsculpture of the ovipositor in the subfamily Orgilinae

Ashmead (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 77(6):

127-152.

Riley, C. V., W. H. Ashmead, and L. O. Howard. 1894. Report upon the parasitic Hymenoptera

of the island of St. Vincent. Linnean Society’s Journal—Zoology 25: 56-254.

Sharkey, M. J. 1997. Subfamily Agathidinae, pp.69-84. Jn Manual of the New World genera

of Braconidae (Hymenoptera). Wharton, R. A., P. M. Marsh, and M. J. Sharkey

(eds.), Special Publication of the International Society of Hymenopterists. vol. 1:

1-439 pp.

Sharkey, M. J. 2006a. Review of the systematics of Trachagathis Viereck (Hymenoptera:

Braconidae: Agathidinae). Zootaxa 1162: 65-68.

Sharkey, M. J. 2006b.Two new genera of Agathidinae (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) with a

key to the genera of the New World. Zootaxa 1185: 37-51.

Sharkey, M. J., N. M. Laurenne, B. Sharanowski, D. L. J. Quicke, and D. Murray. 2006.

Revision of the Agathidinae (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) with comparisons of

static and dynamic alignments. Cladistics 22:546-567.

Sharkey, M. J. and R. A. Wharton. 1997. Morphology and terminology. pp. 19-38 Jn

Manual of the New World genera of the family Braconidae. Wharton R.A., P.M.

Marsh, and M. J. Sharkey (eds.), Special Publication of the International Society

of Hymenopterists, Number 1, Washington D. C.

Viereck, H. L. 1913. Descriptions of twenty-three new genera and thirty—one new species

of Ichneumon-flies. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 46:359-

386.

Ts oe

a ee

it ste ail

Se ‘ eS es

waleteeiteels yo abet ot 4 etitetentantod gat

tudaqitay 2° nee ovantins er bps

ry Miser naan grt) mcg hep oO E

a, Carsten’ tnivniebs “ono8 sami ee?

pracy t ¢ PMCS pehaeet ante antowrs ; Lite

xt? 1 ig chee A a tw ‘Sh rp ieT , }

pramericr’ ty Siro Jor opnteat ee -

uric veer ond |

: Ae dort) owas TD eriturasinge od) Io woivall

a> 2A CAT eagraaS {conibilingA Se

beter | wavered 039 neon a

: 42-48 tbh) rasteaS bho writ ort to s

; Mec teens sive . 1 .C ddeweneedé Al-

% woveeynas al snlyimouent weraieerrgenee tt peniaenien oa

: ; Teahiihe. A Lien aitinane wh, f

. ™ PF? gil a brim ¥ gchoricfrom FeO} and Ae pi

WAS AA nore &f. acl\aucioesB [Steet Phe erinergiliied! wen oc is ti

‘ one hie te mone bie ansuey, Serteal! en daerte »| hie) \

1 oetpendawt 0 tod daniqenoity

. ty 5 Pile ty wi epee ile Aes TA Nantiegricest) mae RY

i? igahtiaVs hte il ain aegritiew ane: eit} pars

, * me ey a4 carve

S Petes er Br Tye}. =

e « ¥/ F ums irre Beet

a q W, he o is os

‘ . «@ ri aan te

| qpantie fof! 403 Vea coh Oe

fapho aml cong iled ie piston:

i tors Show will, hana ao Lo curate

4 nw wethy RCTSTION rege aes FI

| ~oitngt al Cayeiwnaitins besalaenicl |

Review of Canadian Hoplisoides JESO Volume 137, 2006

REVIEW OF THE CANADIAN SPECIES OF HOPLISOIDES

(HYMENOPTERA: CRABRONIDAE) WITH REVISIONARY

NOTES ON THE H. PLACIDUS SPECIES GROUP

M. BUCK

Department of Environmental Biology, University of Guelph,

Guelph, Ontario, Canada, NIG 2W1

email: mbuck@uoguelph.ca

Abstract J. ent. Soc. Ont. 137: 63-79

The seven Canadian species of Hoplisoides Gribodo are reviewed and a key

to species is presented. Three species are recorded for the first time from

Canada: H. hamatus (Handlirsch), H. punctifrons (Cameron), and H. tricolor

(Cresson). Characters of the flagellum are used for the first time to distinguish

the very similar males of the H. placidus species group. Hoplisoides nebulosus

(Packard) sp. restit., formerly considered a subspecies of H. placidus (Smith),

is reinstated as a good species. Hoplisoides spilopterus (Handlirsch) is reduced

to subspecies rank: H. nebulosus spilopterus stat. nov.. Gorytes pergandei

Handlirsch is removed from synonymy with Hoplisoides nebulosus and given

subspecies rank as H. placidus pergandei stat. nov... Gorytes microcephalus

Handlirsch is removed from synonymy with H. nebulosus and synonymized

with H. placidus pergandei. Hoplisoides birkmanni Baker (from southcentral

U.S.) and its synonym H. pruinosus Baker are also removed from synonymy

with H. nebulosus and the former is reinstated as a valid subspecies: H.

placidus birkmanni ssp. restit.. A neotype for Philanthus harringtonii

Provancher (synonym of H. nebulosus) and lectotypes for Gorytes pergandei

and G. microcephalus are designated.

Published July 2007

Introduction

Recent work on spheciform wasps in Ontario (Buck 2004) led to the discovery that

two eastern Nearctic species of Hoplisoides Gribodo were previously confused under the

name H. placidus nebulosus (Packard). This realisation made necessary several taxonomic

changes in the H. placidus species group including the designation of lectotypes and a

neotype. These findings and three new species records for Canada are presented within the

framework of a review of the Canadian species of the genus.

The Nearctic, Central American, and Caribbean species of Hoplisoides were

reviewed and keyed by Bohart (1997). Bohart’s key is the only available recent key for

Nearctic Hoplisoides but is difficult to use for males of some species of the H. placidus

group. The H. placidus group was defined by Bohart and Menke (1976) based on the

absence of woolly hair on male sterna 4-5 and a large anteroventral metapleural pit. It

Buck JESO Volume 137, 2006

includes four species in Canada: H. placidus, H. nebulosus, H. punctifrons, and H. hamatus.

The present study revealed new diagnostic characters in the male flagellum such as the shape

of the tyloid of male flagellomere | and the microtomentum of flagellomere XI. The wing

pattern is diagnostic in both sexes but shows strong sexual dimorphism in most species.

Wasps of the genus Hoplisoides are relatively rare in Canada and not particularly

well represented in collections. These medium-sized, ground—nesting gorytine wasps

usually prey on Membracidae and Cicadellidae, although extralimital species also take

fulgoroid planthoppers. More or less detailed biological information is available on all

Canadian species (e.g., Evans 1966) except H. punctifrons and H. pygidialis.

Materials and Methods

Lists of synonymic names are only provided for taxa whose synonymies were

revised; synonymies for other species can be found in Bohart (1997) or Pulawski (2006).

Detailed specimen data is provided only for Canadian material and for specimens pertaining

to revised taxa.

Photography: Photographs were taken with a Microptics Digital Lab XLT

imaging system using a Canon EOS | Ds camera and Microptics ML—1000 flash fibre

optic illumination system. Each image was assembled from a series of photographs (with

different focal planes) using the computer freeware CombineZ (Hadley 2005).

Abbreviations: F (e.g., in FXI) — flagellomere; T (e.g., in T5) — tergum.

Abbreviations for provinces and territories in Canada and for states in the United States

are the same ones that are used by the postal system in both countries. Co. — County; Distr.

— District; Reg. — Region.

Acronyms of depositories: ANSP — Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,

Pennsylvania; BAR — private collection of Brad Arnal and Harold Duggan, Waterloo,

Ontario; BCPM — Royal British Columbia Museum, Victoria, British Columbia; CASC

— California Academy of Sciences, Dept. of Entomology, San Francisco, California; CNCI

— Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa, Ontario; CSUC — Colorado State

University, Fort Collins, Colorado; DEBU — Dept. of Environmental Biology, University

of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario; EDUM — J. B. Wallis Museum, Entomology Dept., University

of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba; LPC — coliection of Laurence Packer, York University,

Toronto, Ontario; MHNG — Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneve, Switzerland; PMAE

— Royal Alberta Museum (formerly Provincial Museum of Alberta), Edmonton, Alberta:

ROME — Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, Ontario; SEMC — Snow Entomological Museum,

University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas; ULQC — University of Laval, Dept. of Biology,

Québec City, Québec; USNM — United States National Museum, Washington, D.C.

Specimens are deposited in the Guelph collection (DEBU) unless mentioned

otherwise.

Review of Canadian Hoplisoides JESO Volume 137, 2006

Genus Hoplisoides Gribodo

Key to the Canadian species of Hoplisoides Gribodo

Note: H. confertus (Fox), a species recorded from as far north as Montana, was included in

the key because it could occur in Canada.

Lower metapleural pit much smaller than diameter of mid ocellus ...................0005 2

Lower metapleural pit about as large as mid ocellus (Fig. 1) ......H. placidus group 5

Metapleuron gradually tapering from upper to lower pit. Mesosoma mostly red in

PMN Sagas ocd hacen csc igcnaeiccsi ee Set cat enti oa tothe tds H. tricolor (Cresson)

Metapleuron parallel—sided for most of its length below upper pit, fairly abruptly

tapered near lower pit. Colour of mesosoma variable ................cccccscceeessseeeessteeeeeeees 3

Female with scutum and mesopleuron mostly red, metasomal terga mostly yellow.

Male sterna 3-5 with dense, white, woolly pubescence; sternum 5 on each side with a

raised submarginal carina (western U.S.) .....2.....ccccccssceeeeeesssneeees [H. confertus (Fox)]

Female scutum and mesopleuron mostly black, lacking red markings. Male sterna

3-5 with short, sparse, inconspicuous pubescence; sternum 5 without lateral carinae

FIGURE 1. Hoplisoides nebulosus nebulosus, female habitus (Ontario, Windsor). Scale

bar=1 mm. Abbreviation: p — lower metapleural pit.

Buck

JESO Volume 137, 2006

Terga 4-5 mostly yellow, female tergum 6 often partly yellow (western) ....................

aback LAA y oo RET Se Lage ELGRIE, CERES AeA em H. pygidialis (Fox)

Terga 4-5 mostly black, only with narrow yellow apical fasciae, female tergum 6

black (eastern) cneceek Ala. 2 RR ae H. costalis (Cresson)

Miho on. cecibs Based Le CRS, TR 6

Female .0.iiiss.l nwa, AL SARA BRIAR Ae ce 10

Clypeus distinctly bevelled apically, bevel forming a < 90° angle with clypeal disc

(Fig. 2). FI with very short, tubercle—like tyloid; FXI with bare ventral area (devoid

of microtomentum). Lateral clypeal hair tufts conspicuously (almost semicircularly)

curved medially. Yellow band of scutellum usually divided medially or incised

anteriorly (western) 2. 23:420...0l. ARR). Saal LU H. hamatus (Handlirsch)

Clypeus not distinctly bevelled apical margin forming a > 90° angle with clypeal

disc), if slightly bevelled (H. punctifrons), then FI with linear tyloid that extends over

most of length of flagellomere, and FXI without bare area (1.e., completely covered in

microtomentum). Lateral clypeal hair tufts straight to moderately curved medially.

Yellow band of scutellum entire except in some eastern specimens ................0000068 7

FI with linear tyloid that extends over most of length of flagellomere; FXI without

bare area ventrally. Discoidal cell I, medial cell, and submarginal cell I (except small

area contiguous to submarginal cell Il) completely clear (as in Fig. 3) (western) .......

eS eevee OE eR ee lest eis ele ee H. punctifrons (Cameron)

FIGURE 2. Hoplisoides hamatus, male head (California, Davis, CASC). Scale bar=0.5

mm.

"[]99 UBIPSUIGNs -US -]]99 [BplOosIpqns :ps <]]] “TI “] S[[99 [eurssieurqns <1] “Ty “[ s {[]90 [PIPOW :Uu ‘TT “] S{[9o

[Bploosip :]] ‘] Pp ‘Sy ‘W ‘ND suIsA ‘sy ‘Pl ‘ND ‘suoneiasiqqy “wu [=sieg a[vOS (AVWd “Wed [eloulAolg 9U0}S—UO—SUNLIM “evoq{y)

a[elulay ‘sypipisdd "FH — 1 ‘(CT uensiyD ‘o1ejuC) sews ‘oyIp — 9 “(propjueig ‘oueyuCQ) afew ‘lapuvsied snpiavjd “TE — ¢ <(A0Spul

‘OLRIUQ) aeUWay “oNIP — p ‘(YOMda} ‘o1seU_) a[eUI ‘snsojnqau snsojnqau ‘Y — ¢ ‘sduim oioy “dds saprosydoy *L-¢ SAUNOLW

JESO Volume 137, 2006

Review of Canadian Hoplisoides

Buck

JESO Volume 137, 2006

First flagellomere with very short, tubercle—like tyloid. Last flagellomere with

bare area ventrally; very small and inconspicuous in some eastern specimens (some

H. placidus pergandei) but then discoidal cell I, distal portion of medial cell and

posterior portion of submarginal cell I at least slightly infuscated..................0...00 8

Discoidal cell I, medial cell along Rs and M, and posterior portion of submarginal cell

I slightly to moderately infuscated (Fig. 5). FXI completely microtomentose or with

small bare area (smaller than lateral ocellus) .....H. placidus pergandei (Handlirsch)

Discoidal cell I, medial cell (excl. area beyond fork of Rs and M), and submarginal

cell I (except small area contiguous to submarginal cell II) completely clear (Fig. 3).

FXI with larger bare area (at least as large as lateral ocellus) .................cccssscceeeseeeeeess

an ecisies s ewiiteddadeipvlen pected ohio iad ada a leds a aaa H. nebulosus (Packard) 9

Alberta and British Columbia south to western Texas, Chihuahua, and California.

Tergum 5 with well—developed yellow apical fascia ................:cccsssecceesseeceessseeeeeesneees

sin aniuus nalnipnin sy dele athesioee tai tee sb omer ace aan le ani acer H. n. spilopterus (Handlirsch)

Eastern Canada south to North Carolina and Tennessee, west to Kansas and Iowa.

Tergum 5 usually without yellow apical fascia................... H. n. nebulosus (Packard)

Note: Males of the two subspecies of H. nebulosus cannot always be separated based

on the provided character. The geographic boundary between the subspecies is

insufficiently known.

Subdiscoidal cell with anterior infuscation that extends all along Cu, clear posteriorly;

no discrete infuscation in apical 2/5 (Fig. 6) (eastern) .............::eeeecessereceseeceeseceesseceres

PP te coe eee Ws SEL Ru SE H. placidus pergandei (Handlirsch)

Subdiscoidal cell with discrete infuscation in apical 2/5 (Fig. 4) .........cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1]

Propodeum at least in part reddish. Metasomal tergum | and sometimes 2 in part

PEACISH ( WESEELT) wives ace dass cnvenocecsuvessasvseesupesvnnensndy bia puesdeveieshessinlenstieevusisee ann 12

Ground colour of propodeum and terga black, lacking reddish markings .............. 13

Pronotum, scutum laterally and tergum 2 partially red; terga 3-5 entirely black or with

narrow yellow apiegh TAGGIN ciao cis cietrieceeeeeed H. punctifrons (Cameron)

Pronotum, scutum laterally and metasomal tergum 2 rarely with red areas but if so then

terga 3-5 predominantly yellow .................06. H. nebulosus spilopterus (Handlirsch)

Transverse yellow band of scutellum medially divided or anteriorly incised. Punctures

of apical third of tergum | small, distinctly smaller than those of tergum 2 (western)

auesevecsecnavassnwsSpestcuins ebcyues Vaasa scans uence eaten eae H. hamatus (Handlirsch)

Transverse yellow band of scutellum entire, anterior margin sometimes slightly

concave but not incised. Punctures of metasomal tergum | larger; largest ones

subequal to those of tergum 2 (eastern) ................ H. nebulosus nebulosus (Packard)

H. placidus species group

Diagnosis. Lower metapleural pit about as large as mid ocellus.

Hoplisoides nebulosus nebulosus (Packard, 1867) sp. restit. (Figs. 1, 3, 4)

Gorytes nebulosus Packard, 1867: 422 (°).

Review of Canadian Hoplisoides JESO Volume 137, 2006

Gorytes armatus Provancher, 1887: 272 (¢, erroneously stated as 9). Bohart in Bohart and

Menke 1976: 521 (synonymy).

Philanthus harringtonii Provancher 1888: 278 (<4, sex not indicated in description). Bohart

in Bohart and Menke 1976: 521 (synonymy).

Hoplisoides placidus nebulosus (Packard), partim. Bohart in Bohart and Menke 1976: 521

(subspecies status).

Type material. Gorytes nebulosus: Lectotype ° (designated by Cresson, 1928: 48). “N.J.”

[= New Jersey], “Gorytes nebulosus 2 Pack.”, “Type No. 10063” (red label) (ANSP). The

actual specimen was not examined but a digital image of the wing was provided by J.

Weintraub. The wing pattern of H. nebulosus differs from all other sympatric species and

is therefore sufficient to establish the identity of this species.

Gorytes armatus: Lectotype ¢ (designated by Gahan & Rohwer 1917: 427). “256”

(red label), “845” (blue label), “1434” (yellow label), locality not stated [= Ottawa, cf.

Harrington 1902] (ULQC, Provancher collection). Note: Provancher (1887) and Bohart

(1997) erroneously recorded the type as female.

Philanthus harringtonii: Neotype 2 (by: present designation, justification see

below). Ontario: Ottawa, 21 July 1885, Guignard (CNCI).

Other material examined. CANADA, Québec: Ste-Anne—de—Bellevue, 2, 22 June 1965,

G. Jamieson, @, 13 July 1965, E. Vlasak, ¢, 9 May[?] 1966, W. Boyle, 4, 16 July 1967, R.

Lalonde (LEMQ); 29, St. Hilaire, 25 July and 1 September 1927, J. W. Buckle (LEMQ).

Ontario: Rainy River Distr., 2°, Rainy River, 14 July 1960, S. M. Clark (CNCI). Sudbury

Distr., 2, Capreol, 14 August 1972, W. M. M. Edmonds (ROME). Ottawa—Carleton Reg..,

3, “21/6”, 3, “23/6”, locality not stated [= Ottawa], W. H. Harrington collection (CNCI);

2°, Stittsville, 16 and 30 June 1977, M. Sanborne (PMAE). Muskoka Distr., 2, Port

Sydney, [day illegible] August 1923, N. K. Bigelow (ROME). Hastings Co., Belleville, 2,

30 July 1950, J. C. Martin (CNCI), ¢, 21 July 1950, J. C. Fisher. Peterborough Co., 3°,

Norwood, 5-6 August 1983, T. D. Galloway (EDUM). Bruce Co., @, Inverhuron Provincial

Park, 25 July 2003, dunes, M. Buck. Grey Co., 24, Hepworth dunes, 5 July 2003, M. Buck.

Dufferin Co., 2, Boyne Valley Provincial Park, 1 km N Primrose, 44°6’15”N, 80°8’°0”"W,

27 July 2002, M. Buck. Peel Reg., 2, Forks of the Credit, gravel pit NW of Provincial

Park, 43°49°24’’N, 80°0°57”W, 5 August 2002, M. Buck. Wellington Co., Guelph, ¢, June

1951, D. H. Pengelly, 2, 12 July 1974, J. T. Huber, 2, 10 August 1976, M. Waters, 22, 27

and 28 June 1978, W. A. Attwater, 4, 28 June 1978, N. Pierce, 4, 7 July 1978, S. Giamondi,

2, 18 July 1980, S. Beierl, 9 (PMAE), 10 August 1988, D. B. McCorquodale; 2, Guelph,

University Arboretum, 1-15 July 1991, malaise trap, M. Montes Castillo; Guelph, Wellington

Street & Fife Road, 2, 14 August 2004, 2, 4 September 2004, M. Buck; 9, Aberfoyle, 2

August 2004, M. Buck; 2°, Rockwood, Valley Road, 43°36’56”N, 80°08’28”W, 21 July

2004, M. Buck. Waterloo Reg., 2°, Cambridge, 28 July 1975, W. J. Moolenbeek; 3, Blair,

20 June 2006, M. D. Bergeron. Welland Co., @, Niagara Falls, Niagara Whirlpool, | July

2004, S. M. Paiero. Brant Co., 2, Brantford Railway Prairie, 43°10’N, 80°19°W, 12 July

2002, S. M. Paiero. Lambton Co., 4, Thedford Conservation Area, 6 July 2003, B. Arnal &

H. Duggan (BAR). Essex Co., 9, Pelee I., Fish Point, 5 August 1993, R. A. Cannings & H.

Nadel (BCPM); 2, Windsor, Ojibway Prairie, 42°15’51”N, 83°04°30”"W, 28 July 2005, S.

Buck JESO Volume 137, 2006

M. Paiero; 2, Windsor, nr. Ojibway Pk., 21-28 June 1982, S.A. Marshall (PMAE); Windsor,

Springarden Road ANSI, 29°, 31 July 2002, M. Buck, 72, 27 August 2002, M. Buck & S.

M. Paiero. New Brunswick: <, Fredericton, Nashwaak, 26 July 1922, L. J .S. (CNCI).

Prince Edward Island: Consecon Co., 4, no locality, 28 August 1903, Evans (CNCI).

UNITED STATES (all in USNM unless stated otherwise), District of Columbia: 72, 99

(13 [!] pinned with adult Platycotis vittata, 12° with adult Entylia carinata), Washington,

various dates, June—September, 1945-1952, D. Shappirio; 9, same locality, 2 September

1949, R. Boettcher. Illinois: 9, Carlinville, Robertson (date not indicated). Iowa: 9,

Ames, June 1914, Tilia americana — 627; 4, Jones Co., Anamosa, 27 June 1914, D. Stoner.

Kansas: 4, Topeka, 17 July (year not indicated). Maryland: 9, Beltsville, 15-21 August

1950, D. Shappirio; 2°, Fort Washington, 22 June 1947 and 1 July 1948, D. Shappirio; 9°,

Odenton, 26 July 1947, D. Shappirio; 4, Indian Head, 23 August 1902, Bridwell; 4, 9,

Frederick Co., nr. Frederick, 30 June 1951, D. Shappirio. Massachusetts: 9, Woods Hole,

24 August 1946, K.W. Cooper; 9, “WH” [= Woods Hole?], 18 August 1946; Berkshire Co.,

3, North Adams, 4 July 1930, J. C. Bridwell. Missouri: 2, Columbia, 15 August 1967,

malaise trap, F. D. Parker. New Jersey: Princeton, <4, 23 June 1946, @, 9, “48f24”, 9

(pinned with membracid nymph), 15 June 1941. New York: 3, Ithaca, Lickbrook, 25 June

1940, P. P. Babiy (CASC); 3, Ithaca, Six Mile Creek, 13 June 1937, P. P. Babiy (CNCI); 2,

Rensselaerville, 24 May 1914, K. W. C.; 4, Powder Mills, “56219”; 24, Rochester, 25 June

1939; 3, Long I., Orient, 8 September 1953, R. Latham. North Carolina: 4, Red Hill, 16

August 1957, L. A. Kelton (CNCI). Tennessee: ¢, Knoxville, 24 June 1920, C. G. Ainslie.

Virginia: 3, 22 July 1883, T. Pergande; Loudon Co., 3’, 31 May 1947. D. Shappirio. West

Virginia: Hampshire Co., 4, North River Mills, 29 May 1939, A. H. Clark. Wisconsin: 9,

Milwaukee. No locality: 9, “Phil Rau No. 21”.

Diagnosis. Yellow spot of scutellum almost always entire (medially divided and partially

suffused with brown in one male from Guelph, Ontario).

Male. Clypeus not distinctly bevelled, angle between plane of apical portion

and clypeal disc >90°; apical margin slightly lamellate in about central half; lamellate rim

becoming narrower laterally. Lateral clypeal hair tufts nearly straight except for slightly

curved apical 1/4-1/3. FI with short papilla—like tyloid similar to one on FI; FXI with bare

ventral area (devoid of microtomentum) at least as large as lateral ocellus. Wing (Fig. 3):

Discoidal cell I clear; medial cell clear except weak infuscation near apex beyond level

where Rs joins M; submarginal cell I clear except in small area contiguous to submarginal

cell II. Metasomal tergum 5 black; yellow apical fascia absent or narrow (at most 5x as

broad as long) and not interrupted medially.

Female. Wing (Fig. 4): Subdiscoidal cell infuscated in apical 2/5, clear along

Cu in basal 3/5; discoidal cell I clear, except sometimes weakly and narrowly at extreme

base; medial cell clear except apical infuscation (beyond level where Rs joins M) and

small area in posterior corner (near fork of M and Cu); submarginal cell I clear except area

contiguous to submarginal cell I]. One unusual female from Rainy River, Ontario, shows

a wing pattern that is somewhat intermediate with regard to H. placidus pergandei (i.e.

with additional weak infuscation in discoidal cell I and submarginal cell I). Ground colour

of propodeum and tergum | black. Pygidial carina bent near base, anteriormost sections

slightly convergent basally.

Review of Canadian Hoplisoides JESO Volume 137, 2006

Discussion. It is surprising that H. n. nebulosus has been confused with H. placidus

pergandei. While differences between males are subtle, females of both species are easily

separated by their distinctly different wing patterns. Hoplisoides n. nebulosus shows the

same pattern as the western H. nebulosus spilopterus, H. hamatus, and H. punctifrons while

H. placidus pergandei is very similar to the nominate subspecies. Based on their different

wing patterns, Bohart (1997) correctly separated females of the three western taxa from H.

placidus (s.str.) (1.c., p. 648: couplet 20) but failed to realize that H. nebulosus is different

from the widespread eastern subspecies of H. placidus, which he incorrectly called “H.

placidus nebulosus”’. In Bohart’s key, females of H. n. nebulosus run to H. hamatus; males

run to H. spilopterus, which is here considered the western subspecies of H. nebulosus (see

below).

The reinstatement of H. nebulosus as a good species makes necessary a neotype

designation for Philanthus harringtonii Provancher, a species currently standing in

synonymy with H. nebulosus. This action is justified as follows: (1) The type material of

Philanthus harringtonii is lost. Gahan & Rohwer (1917: 134) could not locate the type in

the Provancher collection (now at ULQC) and speculated that it might have been returned

to the collector, W. H. Harrington. However, the Harrington collection (now at CNCI) does

not include any specimens labelled as Ph. harringtonii, neither does the Hymenoptera type

collection at the CNCI. The absence of Ph. harringtonii material at ULQC was recently

confirmed by G. Wagner (2002, in litt.). Bohart (1997: 656), obviously in error, reported

to have examined the type of Ph. harringtonii which he recorded as female. The sex of the

type was not stated by Provancher (1888) but the original description clearly applies to a

male. (2) The identity of Ph. harringtonii cannot be ascertained from Provancher’s (1888)

original description. Despite the original generic combination, the description apparently

refers to a Hoplisoides specimen provided by W. H. Harrington. The only two species that

occur at the type locality, Ottawa, are H. n. nebulosus and H. placidus pergandei. The CNCI

has specimens of both species collected by Harrington. The fairly subtle characters that

separate males of the two species are not mentioned in the original description so the name

could refer to either of the two. (3) The exact publication dates of the works by Provancher

(1888: Philanthus harringtonii) and Handlirsch (1888: Gorytes pergandei) are unknown.

This causes uncertainty with regard to the name that has to be applied to the northern

subspecies of H. placidus. The present neotype designation for Ph. harringtonii resolves

this uncertainty by fixing the identity of the species in its previous sense (i.e. as a junior

synonym of nebulosus vs. a synonym of pergandei). The designated neotype was collected

by W. H. Harrington at the type locality and was possibly examined by Provancher.

Distribution. Due to previous confusion with H. placidus pergandei the range of H. n.

nebulosus is insufficiently known. Verified records are from eastern Canada (NB, PE, QC,

ON) (Buck 2004), and the eastern U.S. (WI, IA, IL, MA, NY, NJ, MD, DC, VA, WV, NC,

TN, MO, KS).

- Biology. Preys on membracid nymphs and adults of Entylia carinata (Forster) and

Platycotis vittata (F.) (Membracidae). Previously published prey records (adult and

nymphal Membracidae, summarized by Krombein 1979 under “H. placidus nebulosus”)

pertain either to H. n. nebulosus or to H. placidus pergandei.

Wf)

Buck JESO Volume 137, 2006

Hoplisoides nebulosus spilopterus (Handlirsch, 1888) stat. nov.

Gorytes spilopterus Handlirsch, 1888: 414 (Q).

Gorytes maculatus Provancher, 1895: 140 (2). Bohart in Bohart and Menke 1976: 521

(synonymy).

Gorytes (Hoplisoides) pogonodes Bradley, 1920 (2). Bohart in Bohart and Menke 1976:

521 (synonymy).

Type material. Not examined.

Material examined. CANADA, Alberta: 2, Medicine Hat, 17 July 1917, F. W. L. Sladen

(CNCI); 2, Writing—on-Stone Provincial Park, 6 km E at bridge, 12 August 1981, D. B.

McCorquodale (PMAE); Writing—on-Stone Provincial Park, Sand Pit, 2, 1 July 1981, ¢,8

July 1982, 2, 22 July 1982, D. B. McCorquodale (PMAE); 2°, Lake Newell, SE of lake, 18

July 1989, D. B. McCorquodale (PMAE). British Columbia: 2 , Salmon Arm, 4 July 1914,

F. W. L. Sladen (CNCI); 2, Oliver, 20 July 1923, E. R. Buckell (CNCI); Vernon, 2, 3°, 9

July 1920, M. H. Ruhmann, Y, 6 August 1920, N. L. Cutler (CNCI); 2, Osoyoos, Richter

Pass, 28 June 1959, L. A. Kelton (CNCI). UNITED STATES, California: Colusa Co.,

2°, Ramsay Canyon, 10 and 14 May 1970, M. K. Sears (DEBU); 34, 2, Thousand Palms,

10, 12, and 15 April 1955, W. R. Richards (CNCI). Colorado: ¢@, Boulder, Valmont Butte,

5300 ft, 30 July 1961, J. R. Stainer (CNCI). Texas: Davis Mts. State Park, 5200 ft, 19-22

July 1973, E. Lindquist (CNCI); 2, 10 mi W Fort Davis, Point Rocks, 5000 ft, 30 May

1959, W. R. M. Mason (CNCI); 34, 2, 23 mi W Fort Davis, 4500 and 5000 ft, 1 June 1959,

W. R. M. Mason and J. F. McAlpine (CNCI); 2, Del Rio, Devil’s River, 27 April 1959, J.

F. McAlpine (CNCI). MEXICO, Chihuahua: 2, 35 mi NW Chihuahua, Majalca Road,

5500 and 6000 ft, 14-17 April 1961, Howden & Martin (CNCI).

Diagnosis. As nominate subspecies except for the following: male ‘metasomal tergum 5

with an anvil-shaped ivory spot that is approximately 2.5x as broad as long (the reliability

of this character requires further testing). Female propodeum and tergum | mostly red.

Discussion. Because of the absence of structural differences between H. nebulosus (s.str.)

and H. spilopterus and their allopatric distribution, I propose subspecies rank for H.

spilopterus under H. nebulosus. Similar geographic variation is also found in H. placidus

where red—marked populations from Texas and other western localities were described as

ssp. birkmanni (see below).

Distribution. Canada: Alberta (Carter 1925, identification tentative; Strickland 1947)

and British Columbia (new record). Widespread in the western U.S., south to northern

Mexico (Chihuahua, Sonora, Baja California) (Pulawski 2006). The easternmost known

localities are in Nebraska, Colorado, New Mexico, and western Texas. The geographic

boundary between this subspecies and ssp. nebu/osus is insufficiently known. The apparent

distributional gap in central Canada (Manitoba, Saskatchewan) is probably due to inadequate

collecting.

Review of Canadian Hoplisoides JESO Volume 137, 2006

Biology. Preys on adults and nymphs of various Membracidae genera (Krombein 1979).

Hoplisoides placidus pergandei Handlirsch, 1888, stat. nov. (Figs. 5, 6)

Gorytes pergandei Handlirsch, 1888: 407 (¢). Wrongly synonymized with Gorytes

nebulosus Packard by Bohart in Bohart and Menke 1976: 521 (synonymy not

indicated as new but authorship mentioned in Bohart 1997: 656).

Gorytes microcephalus Handlirsch, 1888: 405 (¢). rev. syn. Wrongly synonymized with

Gorytes nebulosus Packard by Bohart in Bohart and Menke 1976: 521.

Hoplisoides placidus nebulosus auctt., nec (Packard), partim. Bohart in Bohart and Menke

1976: 521, and subsequent authors.

Type material. Gorytes pergandei: Lectotype ¢ (by present designation). “Illinois”, “C* de

Saussure”, “Gorytes pergandei Handl”, “Lectotype ¢ pergandei (RMB) Handl.” (red label)

(MHNG). The head is largely destroyed by dermestids but the right antenna and the clypeus

are fully preserved. Syntype from Virginia not in MHNG, probably lost.

Gorytes microcephalus: Lectotype ¢ (by present designation). “Georgie” [=

Georgia], “C* de Saussure”, “Gorytes microcephalus Handl”, and one empty red label

(MHNG). Right mid leg and hind legs missing. Other syntype not in MHNG, probably

lost.

Other material examined. CANADA, Ontario: Kent Co., ©, Rondeau Provincial Park,

South Point Trail, west parking lot, 42°16°53”°N, 81°51°16°W, Carolinian forest, 20 July

2004, D. K. B. Cheung: Rondeau Provincial Park, Group Campground, 42°17°35°N,

81°50°52°W, 2, 11 July 2005, M. Buck, 2, 11 August 2005, S. M. Paiero. Lambton

Co., 2, Walpole I., nr. Chiefs Road, sand pits, 42°39°39"N, 82°29°47°W, 8 August 2005,

S. M. Paiero. Further 21¢, 42° from the following counties and regions (detailed label

data in Buck 2004): Brant, Carleton, Essex, Grey (2 pinned with cf. Campylenchia latipes

nymph), Kent, Lambton, Norfolk, Peterborough, Simcoe. Québec: 3° from Lanoraie, St.

Anne’s and 3 mi N Ste. Scholastique (see Buck 2004 for details). UNITED STATES (all in

USNM except stated otherwise), Georgia: ¢, Savannah, 1 May 1937, P. W. Fattig; Rabun

Co., 2, Satolah, 2500 ft, 4 July 1957, W. R. M. Mason (CNCI). District of Columbia:

2°, Washington, 10 August 1945 and 30 July 1946, D. Shappirio. Indiana: ¢, Elkhart.

Louisiana: 2*, Keatchie, 14 June 1905, La. Crop Pest Comm. Maryland: Montgomery

Co., 2, 8 July 1945, D. Shappirio: 2. Plummers I., 16 September 1972, P. D. Hurd; ¢,

Beltsville, Agr. Res. Stn., 2 July 1949, D.. R. & S. Shappirio; AnneArundel Co., °*, nr.

Patuxent, 3 July 1948. Massachusetts: 2*, Dennis, 4 July 1954, J. W. Green (CASC);

2, “WH” [= Woods Hole?], 23 August(?) 1946. Minnesota: Olmsted Co., ¢ June 1898,

°*_ no date, C.N. Ainslie. Mississippi: Lincoln Co., °*, Peach, 28 May 1938, Turner:

Lafayette Co., 2. May 1945, F. M. Hull (CNCI). New Hampshire: 2, Salem, 10 August

1948. D. Shappirio. New Jersey: 2, Brown’s Mills, 21 June 1908, C. T. Greene; 2 (pinned

with membracid nymph), Princeton, 15 June 1941, K. W. Cooper; ¢, Riverton, 20 June

1904: Camden Co., @, 28 June 1891, W. J. Fox collection. North Carolina: Dare Co., 15¢.

9°, Kill Devil Hills, various dates, May—September, 1948-1958, 1966, K. V. Krombein and

Buck JESO Volume 137, 2006

D. G. Shappirio (USNM, 12 CASC); Cumberland Co., 2, Fort Bragg, 27 September—3

October 1967, J. D. Birchim (CASC). South Carolina: 2, Cherry Grove Beach, 2 August

1966, G. S. Walley (CNCI). Texas (unassociated males cannot be separated from ssp.

birkmanni): 33, Victoria, 16 May 1913, J. D. Mitchell; 4, Jacksonville, 11 August 1906,

F. C. Bishopp; Willis, 3, 15 June 1903, 2*, 11 June 1903, Bridwell; 3, Rosser, 28 June(?)

1905, on Cassia sp., C. R. Jones (CASC). Virginia: ©, Great Falls, 15 June 1948, D.

Shappirio.

* = females with more or less infuscated apical part of subdiscoidal cell.

Diagnosis. Yellow spot of scutellum entire, not divided medially.

Male. Clypeus as in H. nebulosus but hair tufts usually more curved. FI with

short papilla—like tyloid similar to one on FII; FXI with bare ventral area absent or smaller

than lateral ocellus. Wing (Fig. 5): Degree (intensity) of infuscation variable, better

developed in specimens from southeastern part of range. Discoidal cell I strongly to very

weakly infuscated except clear longitudinal medial streak from base to apex; medial cell

variably infuscated, infuscation always present distally along Rs and M, in some specimens

extending over whole cell; submarginal cell I lightly to strongly infuscated in posterior

half; subdiscoidal cell varying from completely clear to usually somewhat infuscated along

anterior margin, in some specimens also with infuscation in distal 2/5. Yellow apical fascia

of T5 at least 7x as broad as long (usually much more), sometimes medially interrupted.

Female. Wing (Fig. 6): Subdiscoidal cell infuscated along anterior margin, in a

small number of specimens also in apical 2/5; discoidal cell I infuscated except lighter

longitudinal medial streak from base to apex; medial cell infuscated along Rs, M, and M+Cu

(more weakly so towards base); submarginal cell | infuscated but infuscation becoming

lighter anteriorly. Ground colour of propodeum and tergum | black. Pygidial carina bent

near base, anteriormost sections parallel to slightly convergent basally.

Discussion. As discussed above, the name H. nebulosus was misapplied to the widespread

eastern subspecies of H. placidus (the nominate subspecies is restricted to Florida). The

oldest available names for this subspecies are pergandei Handlirsch and microcephalus

Handlirsch, both described in the same work. As first reviser, | am synonymizing Gorytes

microcephalus with H. pergandei, which becomes the valid name for the subspecies. I

prefer the name pergandei because microcephalus was described from Georgia, close to

the range of the nominate subspecies. Through the present lectotype designation the type

locality for pergandei is fixed as “Illinois” (the second syntype was from “Virginia”).

The designated H. pergandei lectotype already bears a lectotype label by R. M.

Bohart. His designation was not published and is therefore invalid. The wing pattern of

the specimen is somewhat faded and therefore only distinguishable with difficulty from H.

nebulosus nebulosus. However, the absence of a bare spot on the last flagellomere clearly

identifies the specimen as a member of the widespread eastern subspecies of H. placidus.

Hoplisoides birkmanni Baker, 1907 and its synonym H. pruinosus Baker, 1907

(synonymized by Bohart in Bohart and Menke 1976: 521) are here removed from synonymy

with H. nebulosus (synonymized by Bohart 1997: 656), and reinstated as a subspecies of

H. placidus (subspecies status first given by Bohart in Bohart and Menke 1976: 521): H.

Review of Canadian Hoplisoides JESO Volume 137, 2006

placidus birkmanni Baker ssp. restit. This taxon was erected for southwestern populations

of H. placidus (from Texas, etc.), in which the female has red markings on the propodeum,

tergum 6, and sometimes tergum 1. It differs from the red—marked nominate subspecies

from Florida in having well-developed yellow apical fasciae on terga 3-5, clear yellow

markings on head, mesosoma, and metasoma (not suffused with orange-red), and weaker

wing infuscation (as in H. placidus pergandei). We have examined 114, 169 of H. p.

birkmanni from Texas, Kleberg and Kenedy Cos. (CASC).

Distribution. Due to confusion with H. nebulosus nebulosus, the range of H. placidus

pergandei is insufficiently known. Verified records are from Canada (QC, ON) (Buck

2004) and the eastern U.S. a MI, IN, MA, NJ, MD, DC, VA, NC, SC, GA, MS, LA,

eastern TX).

Biology. Preys on nymphs of cf. Campylenchia latipes Say (Membracidae). Previously

published prey records (adult and nymphal Membracidae, summarized by Krombein 1979

under “H. placidus nebulosus’’) pertain either to H. placidus pergandei or to H. nebulosus

nebulosus.

Hoplisoides hamatus (Handlirsch, 1888) (Fig. 2)

Material examined. CANADA, British Columbia: 9 , Seton Lake, Lillooet, 15 June 1926,

J. McDunnough (CNCI). UNITED STATES, California: 49 (DEBU), 13¢, 469 (CASC).

Colorado: ° (CASC). Nevada: 9 (CASC). New Mexico: 24, 2 (CASC). Oregon: 3, 2

(CASC). Utah: 24, 62 (CASC).

Diagnosis. Yellow spot of scutellum divided medially.

Male. Clypeal bevel sharply defined, plane of bevel bent posterad >90°; apical

margin with weakly developed lamellate rim in middle third; lateral clypeal hair tufts almost

semicircularly curved medially (curved more strongly than in related species) (Fig. 2). FI

with short papilla—like tyloid similar to one on FIJ. FXI with bare ventral area (devoid of

microtomentum). Wing as in H. nebulosus (Fig. 3). Metasomal tergum 5 black or with an

yellow apical spot that is at most 1.7x as broad as long.

Female. Wing pattern as in H. nebulosus (Fig. 4). Ground colour of propodeum

and tergum | black. Pygidial carina evenly curved towards base, anteriormost sections very

slightly divergent or parallel to each other.

Distribution. Canada: British Columbia (first record from Canada). Widespread in the

western U.S. (Krombein 1979); recorded as far east as “Dakota” by Fox (1896).

Biology. Preys on nymphs of several genera of Membracidae (Krombein 1979).

"SS

Buck JESO Volume 137, 2006

Hoplisoides punctifrons (Cameron, 1890)

Material examined. CANADA, Saskatchewan: 2, Elbow, 12 July 1960, A. R. Brooks

(CNCI). Alberta: 2, Scandia, 2 August 1949, G. A. Hobbs (CNCI); 9, Orion, 17 July 1933,

G. F. Manson (CNCI); 4, Lower Kananaska Hwy., 5 August 1980, S. A. Marshall (DEBU);

2, Writing—on-Stone Provincial Park, Sand—North, | August 1990, M. Klassen (PMAE);

, Lethbridge, 4 km SE Picture Butte, 20-29 July 1991, C. D. Michener (SEMC). British

Columbia: 27, 22, Vernon, 25 July 1917, F. W. L. Sladen (CNCI). UNITED STATES,

Arizona: 3¢, 42 (USNM), 3, 2° (CASC). California: 4¢, 32 (USNM), 93 (CNCI),

24, 12 (CASC). Colorado: @ (USNM), @ (CNCI). New Mexico: 2, 2 (CASC). North

Dakota: 4¢ (USNM). Texas: ¢ (USNM), 2 (CASC). Utah: 2° (CNCI). Wyoming: °

(CSUC). MEXICO, Baja California Sur: 2° (CASC).

Diagnosis. Very similar to H. nebulosus spilopterus; differs as follows.

Male. Clypeus more distinctly bevelled; apical margin lamellate only in about

central 1/3-1/5; lamellate portion ending more or less abruptly laterally. FI with long linear

tyloid dissimilar to short tuberculate tyloid of FII; FXI lacking bare ventral area (completely

microtomentose). .

Female. Tergum 2 reddish (except apical fascia), reddish areas on pronotum and

laterally on scutum. The examined Canadian females differ from specimens from the

southwestern U.S. in having well developed yellow apical fasciae on terga 3-4(-5) as H.

spilopterus.

Distribution. Canada: Saskatchewan to British Columbia (first records for Canada). United

States west of 100" meridian, Mexico (Sonora, Jalisco) (Bohart 1997).

Biology. Unknown.

H. costalis species group

Diagnosis. Lower metapleural pit much smaller than mid ocellus.

Hoplisoides costalis (Cresson, 1872)

Material examined. CANADA, Ontario: Halton Reg., ¢@ Oakville, nr. Hwy 25 &

Burnhamthorpe Road, 43°27°14”N, 79°47°32”W, 9 July 2004, S. M. Paiero. Kent Co.,

2, Rondeau Provincial Park, Group Campground, 42°17°35”N, 81°50°52”W, 20-22 July

2004, S. A. Marshall. Further 24, 149 from the following counties and regions (detailed

label data in Buck 2004): Carleton, Essex, Halton, Huron, Kent, Norfolk, Lambton,

Wellington, Wentworth, York. UNITED STATES, Florida: ¢ (USNM); South Carolina:

3 (DEBU).

Diagnosis. Body black, marked with yellow. Male FI with linear tyloid extending over nearly

entire length of flagellomere; FXI with large bare ventral area. Metapleuron parallel—sided

Review of Canadian Hoplisoides JESO Volume 137, 2006

over most of its length, fairly abruptly narrowed towards lower pit. Wing infuscation similar

to Fig. 7: Infuscated areas include apical and posterior areas of medial cell, submarginal

cell I (paler or rarely clear anteriorly), submarginal cell II (except sometimes posteriorly),

anterior half of submarginal cell III, discoidal cell I (posterior half paler, rarely clear),

sometimes submedian cell weakly, and anterobasal corner of subdiscoidal cell. Terga 4 and

5 largely black, with narrow apical fascia; female tergum 6 black. Pygidial plate of female

long, 1.6-1.8x as long as wide; lateral carinae gently curved, slightly divergent at base.

Distribution. Canada: Ontario (Buck 2004). United States east of 100" meridian, Mexico

(Tamaulipas, Veracruz, Hidalgo, ? Yucatan) (Bohart 1997). Krombein (1979) also listed the

species for Alaska, a record that appears highly unlikely and needs confirmation.

Biology. Preys on adults of at least ten genera of Membracidae (Krombein 1979; Buck

2004).

Hoplisoides pygidialis (Fox, 1896) (Fig. 7)

Material examined. CANADA, Alberta: 2, Writing—on—Stone Provincial Park, Sand Pit,

5 August 1982, D. B. McCorquodale (PMAE).

Diagnosis. Very similar to H. costalis except for largely yellow terga 4 and 5 and partially

yellow female tergum 6. Wing as in Fig. 7.

Distribution. Canada: Alberta (Strickland 1947). United States west of 100" meridian

(easternmost records from ND, NE), Mexico south to Chiapas and Yucatan (Bohart 1997,

Pulawski 2006).

Biology. Unknown.

Hoplisoides tricolor (Cresson, 1868)

Material examined. CANADA, British Columbia: 22, Osoyoos, Haynes Lease Ecol.

Res., “Throne Area”, 27 July 1988, C. S. Guppy (BCPM). UNITED STATES, Kansas: °

(CNCI). Utah: 4 (CNCI).

Diagnosis. A very distinctive species with largely red and yellow body; black areas very

restricted. Metapleuron gradually tapering from upper to lower pit. Wing pattern as follows:

medial cell and submarginal cell I largely clear; infuscated areas include submarginal cell

II and anterior two thirds of submarginal cell III, mostly posterior half of discoidal cell I,

anterobasal third of discoidal cell II, apex of submedian cell, and most of subdiscoidal cell

(paler posteriorly). Terga 3 to 5 largely yellow, with narrow black basal bands; female terga

5 and 6 red. Pygidial plate of female short, 0.9-1.2x as long as wide; lateral carinae gently

curved, strongly divergent at base.

Buck JESO Volume 137, 2006

Distribution. Canada: British Columbia (first Canadian record). United States west of

100" meridian, Mexico (Sonora, Sinaloa, Nuevo Leon, Coahuila) (Bohart 1997).

Biology. Preys on adults and nymphs of Parabolocratus (Cicadellidae) (Krombein 1979).

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank R. A. Cannings (BCPM), C. Darling (ROME), M. S. Engel

(SEMC), T. Galloway (EDUM), J. T. Huber (CNCI), B. Kondratieff (CSUC), M. Mello

(USNM), B. Merz (MHNG), L. Packer (LPC), W. J. Pulawski (CASC), T. Thormin

(PMAE), G. Wagner (ULQC), B. Arnal, and H. Duggan (BAR) for the opportunity to study

material from their collections. J. Weintraub (ANSP) provided images of the holotype

of Hoplisoides nebulosus. W. J. Pulawski (CASC) and T. Thormin (PMAE) are thanked

for giving permission to take images of pinned specimens. S. M. Paiero (DEBU) kindly

identified the Membracidae prey of several wasps. This study was supported through

different grants to S. A. Marshall (DEBU).

References

Bohart, R. M. 1997. A review of the genus Hoplisoides Gribodo (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae:

Gorytini) in North America. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of

Washington 99: 645-660.

Bohart, R. M. and A. S. Menke. 1976. Sphecid wasps of the World. University of California

Press, Berkeley, Los Angeles, London. ix + 695 pp.

Bradley, J. C. 1920. Descriptions, records and notes on North American Nyssonidae

(Hymenoptera). Transactions of the American Entomological Society 46: 113-

P32.

Buck, M. 2004. An annotated checklist of the spheciform wasps of Ontario (Hymenoptera:

Ampulicidae, Sphecidae and Crabronidae). Journal of the Entomological Society

of Ontario 134 (2003): 19-84.

Carter, W. 1925. Records of Alberta Sphecoidea with descriptions of new species of

Crabronidae. The Canadian Entomologist 57: 131-136.

Cresson, E. T. 1928. The types of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of

Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson. Memoirs of the American

Entomological Society 5: 1-90.

Evans, H. E. 1966. The comparative ethology and evolution of the sand wasps. Harvard

University Press, Cambridge, Mass., xvi + 526 pp.

Fox, W. J. 1896. Synopsis of the North American species of Gorytes Latr. Proceedings of

the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1895: 517-539.

Gahan, A. B. and S. A. Rohwer. 1917. Lectotypes of the species of Hymenoptera (except

Apoidea) described by Abbé Provancher. The Canadian Entomologist 49: 427-

433.

Review of Canadian Hoplisoides JESO Volume 137, 2006

Hadley, A. 2005. CombineZ version 5.1. http://www.hadleyweb.pwp.blueyonder.co.uk.

Handlirsch, A. 1888. Monographie der mit Nysson und Bembex verwandten Grabwespen.

III. Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Naturwissenschaften.

Mathematisch—Naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Abtheilung I, 97: 316-565.

Harrington, W. H. 1902. Fauna Ottawaensis. Hymenoptera — Superfamily II. — Sphegoidea.

The Ottawa Naturalist 15; 215-224.

Krombein, K. V. 1979. Sphecoidea. pp. 1573-1740 Jn Catalog of Hymenoptera in America

north of Mexico. Vol. 2: Apocrita (Aculeata). Krombein, K. V., P. D. Hurd, D. R.

Smith, and B. D. Burks (eds.), Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington.

Packard, A. S. 1867. Revision of the fossorial Hymenoptera of North America. I. Crabronidae

and Nyssonidae. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia 6: 353-

444.

Provancher, L. 1885-1889. Additions et corrections au volume II de la faune entomologique

du Canada traitant des Hyménopteres. Québec, 475 pp.

Provancher, L. 1895. Les derniéres descriptions: de |’abbé Provancher. Le Naturaliste

Canadien 22: 79-80, 95-97, 110-112, 129-131, 140-142, 157-159, 172-174, 189-

191.

Pulawski, W. J. 2006. Catalog of Sphecidae sensu lato (= Apoidea excluding Apidae).

http://www.calacademy.org/research/entomology/Entomology_ Resources/

Hymenoptera/sphecidae/Genera_and_ species PDF/introduction.htm(last

accessed June 2006).

Strickland, E. H. 1947. An annotated list of the wasps of Alberta. The Canadian Entomologist

79: 121-130.

(“Peprie?, if £2 neg ecinnrr gtd po crw

i lbw OC SY 08 tebe JpeotyoA)s

espana “pot Nie yin natHOSIe

Adendey) ) eae Arie Te mtb rdeutativee tee pit atte Tt

; qtainll ot to Vise id teat hain hi ar

= +> ArmAl ane 8% :

suprecdtiait desohan) e) of ¥ stnutov ihe 3

- at tye

porian yd’ Sf Sebati wm"

97 POP OPE SB IF F (soe

\turehad? int lk. Rats

fonmegyh. nian -& Sin *) eaal were solace to sole 2

2 uc s fA Kuniomomd\ygolom

inant immed. notsubornnia49 ome ioubioediqet

sh iim w bay coahiaat: "osilt Lives a arp

‘ "5

es ped wi ‘te iagi® ae Thee Bier :

iat von! we

fe it AL wee

“a { ~g ¢ {i}

_ a

frye forty © . of Qatarte (him

os Fi © de

- ' z a 4 ¢

ri fi ab! T niceneion » -

' . Csi wi of eew

° pS. . i

outa Up honey a Nahugal

Feu ayn. Memote of

Owes 2y Helen \ asud oe of oe od

er ata Pais DR Pei A rab

; seek by! apres eo aa

‘jt Sghencat of sabe mi eneY,

if.

eas ve, rp A's

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

STRONGYLOPHTHALMYIA PENGELLYIN. SP., ASECOND

SPECIES OF NEARCTIC STRONGYLOPHTHALMYIIDAE

(DIPTERA)

K. N. BARBER

Great Lakes Forestry Centre, Canadian Forest Service, Natural Resources Canada,

1219 Queen Street East, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, Canada P6A 2E5

email: kbarber@nrcan.gc.ca

Abstract | J. ent. Soc. Ont. 137: 81-109

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi new species is described from Canada (New

Brunswick, Ontario, Québec) and the United States (Michigan, Utah). A

key is provided to distinguish it from the-only other Nearctic species, S.

angustipennis Melander. The species shows unusual sexual dimorphism

of the legs and of the wing. Copulatory posture suggests function for some

of these modifications. Adult S. pengellyi were sampled with sticky traps,

Malaise traps, and by searching tree trunks. An association with decrepit

trembling aspen is presumed based on occurrence of adults of both species

on tree trunks and the larvae of S. angustipennis under the bark. Beetles and

fungi may play a role in the life history of these flies. Strongylophthalmyia

pengellyi has a flight period from late May to late July with a peak in early

to mid-June; S. angustipennis begins flying in early June but continues until

September. Comparison of captures using coloured sticky traps suggests

superiority of colourless translucent boards.

Published July 2007

Introduction

Strongylophthalmyiidae is a relatively small family of slender, long-legged flies

divided into two genera—the monotypic Southeast Asian genus Nartshukia Shatalkin, 1993

and the type genus Strongylophthalmyia Heller, 1902. Shatalkin (1996) incorrectly refers to

a third genus, Longinasus Frey, 1956 which was recognized as a junior subjective synonym

of the richardiid genus Ozaenina Enderlein, 1912 by Steyskal (1968).

Strongylophthalmyia currently includes 45 species with the majority (38) occurring

in the Oriental and Australasian Regions, two of these ranging as far north as Japan.

Although there are no formal records of described species in Australia, Evenhuis (1989)

refers to unpublished records and undescribed Australian species. There are six Palaearctic

species and one previously described Nearctic species, S. angustipennis Melander. No

species of Strongylophthalmyiidae are known from the Neotropical or Afrotropical regions

(two African species previously treated as Strongylophthalmyia were transferred to the

Clustidae by Barraclough 2000).

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

The most comprehensive keys are provided by Frey (1956—world species),

Steyskal (1971—world species), Shatalkin (1993—Palaearctic species; 1996—crinita- and

punctata-groups), and Iwasa (1992—Japanese species). The distinction between Nartshukia

and Strongylophthalmyia rests primarily with the position of the ocellar tubercle, which

is characteristically displaced anteriorly in Strongylophthalmyia (see Shatalkin 1993 for

a short discussion of the affinities of Nartshukia). This suggests that the one species of

Nartshukia is the sister species to a monophyletic Strongylophthalmyia.

For some time, the genus Strongylophthalmyia was classified with the Psilidae (as

late as Shewell 1965). Hennig (1940) described four species, treating them as Psilidae but

later suggested that this genus might be better treated as a separate family associated with

the Tanypezidae (Hennig 1958). The Strongylophthalmyiidae is now widely recognized

as the sister taxon to the Tanypezidae based on several synapomorphies (e.g. hypandrium

with internal arch-shaped sclerites, internal sclerite within 8" female abdominal segment

with loop-like [spatulate] anterior end (Rohacéek 1998), and possibly the biramous anterior

spiracle of the larva). Some authors (e.g. Griffiths 1972; McAlpine 1997) argue for

combining these two closely related groups into a single family, but separate family status

for the Strongylophthalmyiidae is retained here following the position taken by many others

(Steyskal 1987a, b; McAlpine 1989; Yang and Wang 1992; Shatalkin 1996; Iwasa 1998;

Rohaéek 1998; Papp et al. 2006; but see Rohaéek 1998 and McAlpine 1997 for further

discussion).

Biological and life-history data for these small flies are particularly lacking in

North America. Steyskal (1987b) reports on adult specimens of S. angustipennis emerging

from “felled trees” from Laniel, Québec (tree species unknown, CNCI—see codens below).

European records are primarily those of Krivosheina (1981; 1984) who reports on rearing

larvae of S. ustulata (Zetterstedt) and S. pictipes Frey from under bark of rotting logs of

aspen, and of S. stackelbergi Krivosheina from under the bark of elm and birch. The larvae

are described as common on wet bast [inner bark or phloem] and pupation occurs in the

upper layers of bast under the dead bark. Shatalkin (1993) summarizes field observations

made on the behaviour of adults of S. ustulata, S. crinita Hennig, S. raricornis Shatalkin,

and S. pictipes. Additional unpublished records from New Guinea mention adult behaviour

mimicking ants with which they were collected on banana leaves while others were collected

from leaves of A/ocasia in Australia (Evenhuis 1989).

History of discovery

Despite its wide distribution, there is a particular Ontario flavour to the discovery

of a new species of Nearctic Strongylophthalmyia. The following section recognizes

the contributions of others, emphasizes that “new” species can be quite “old”, and that

serendipity can play a role in the description of our native fauna.

Around 1979, J. F. McAlpine (CNCI) showed me representatives of

Strongylophthalmyia during a visit as a student. These included three female specimens

(Aspen Grove, Utah, 1975) collected during a study of scolytids (Petty 1977; BYUC)

attacking trembling aspen, Populus tremuloides Michaux. In 1975, McAlpine determined

these to be a new species near S. pictipes.

A male and a female from southwestern Québec (La Ferme, Adrien Robert, 1943)

were determined by G. E. Shewell (CNCI) in 1946 as a new species of Strongylophthalmyia.

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

McAlpine had not mentioned anything about the modifications of the male wing and mid

basitarsus because he had not seen a male. These two specimens only.came to light during

this study, presumably after being moved to the same drawer as the Utah specimens (most

likely after his retirement in 1985 or Shewell’s death in 1996).

Recently, a single female specimen was found with other S. angustipennis in the

CNCI holdings of unidentified Psilidae (M. Buck, DEBU). It had been collected in New

Brunswick (Kouchibouguac National Park) by J. F. McAlpine in 1977! This specimen must

have been forgotten by McAlpine as it was collected two years after his identification of the

Utah specimens.

In 2002, a research team led by S. B. Holmes (GLFC) began investigating the

effects of forest harvesting practices on birds south of White River, Ontario (see Mosley

et al. 2006 for summary of relevant data from 2003). While providing assistance in

identification of insects that might serve as food for birds, I recognized a substantial number

of Strongylophthalmyia. They clearly represented two species, one being the same as

represented by the specimens housed at CNCI.

Subsequent to this, I installed additional sticky traps (2003) on one of the research

blocks south of White River. This effort and active searching for flies, narrowed the focus

to dead or dying trembling aspen here and elsewhere (label data from the Utah specimens

at CNCI had not yet been consulted). Additional sampling was then carried out elsewhere

in 2004 and 2005. The results from these efforts are the subject of this paper which

provides a formal description of this “new” species of Strongylophthalmyia along with field

observations and capture data from sticky traps during the period 2002-2005.

Materials and Methods

Specimen depositories (Evenhuis and Samuelson 2006). The examined material is deposited

at the following institutions: AMNH—American Museum of Natural History, New York,

New York (D. A. Grimaldi, T. C. Nguyen); BYUC-—M. L. Bean Collection, Brigham Young

University, Provo, Utah (R. Baumann, S. Clark); CNCI—Canadian National Collection of

Insects, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Ottawa, Ontario (J. M. Cumming); DEBU—

University of Guelph Insect Collection, Department of Environmental Biology, University

of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario (S. A. Marshall, M. Buck); EMUS—Entomological Museum,

Department of Biology, Utah State University, Logan, Utah (W. Hanson); GLFC-—Great

Lakes Forestry Centre, Entomological Collection, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario (K. Nystrom);

LACM-Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Los Angeles, California (B. V.

Brown); ROME-Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, Ontario (D. Currie, B. Hubley); UBCZ—

The Spencer Entomological Museum, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British

Columbia (G. Scudder, K. M. Needham); USNM-—National Museum of Natural History,

Smithsonian Institution, Department of Entomology, Washington, DC (A. L. Norrbom, F.

C. Thompson).

Specimen preparation and morphology. Flies were removed from sticky boards after

loosening with Histoclear II (National Diagnostics, Atlanta, GA), soaked overnight, heated

in fresh Histoclear II, transferred to two washes of hot 95% ethanol, and then critical point

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

dried. Abdomens and genitalia were cleared in hot 10% NaOH solution, neutralized with

glacial acetic acid, and examined in glycerin. Electron micrographs were obtained using a

Hitachi 570 scanning electron microscope. Morphological terms are primarily those used

by McAlpine (1981). Abbreviations: S—sternite, T-tergite, TS—syntergosternite.

Collecting methods. Traps with large translucent sticky boards (two boards of 26 cm x 26 cm

slotted and oriented vertically in an “X”; Coroplast™, Coroplast Inc., Granby, QC) on poles

at about 3 m above ground were used in White River, Ontario in 2002 and 2003. The study

site and traps are described by Mosley et al. (2006) and the traps were deployed at different

intensities of sampling (90 traps in 2002, 36 traps in 2003). Coloured mini sticky boards

(14.2 cm x 12.5 cm) of four different “colours” (1 colourless and translucent, and 3 opaque

colours of light blue, white, light yellow) were deployed in 2003 (Block 6, upland Sites 1,

3, 4, 9; see Mosley et al. 2006). The coloured boards were mounted individually in two

linear series beginning at two maximum heights of about 3 m (high) and 1.5 m (low). The

24 traps (6 poles on each of 4 sites) represented all permutations of four colours (replicated

on each pole, high and low). Tangle-Trap® (brushable formula, The Tanglefoot Co., Grand

Rapids, MI) was applied in a thin film leaving a non-sticky narrow border on one short side

as a handling surface. Trapping ran from 29 May to 23 July with four consecutive trapping

periods of two weeks each (second trapping period included flies removed in the field after

four days). Additional trapping was conducted to compare only colourless translucent and

light blue mini boards at the lower height (1.5 m, n=6), paired and parallel to each other (25

June to 9 July). All mini boards were transported in rigid plastic compact disc trays (Model

TCD30, Case Logic Canada Inc., Toronto, ON).

Mini sticky traps were subsequently used in seven other localities in attempts to

record additional geographic locations for S. pengellyi new species. These consisted of

four colourless translucent mini boards at the lower height (1.5 m) (note: specimens labeled

“multi-colour” sticky trap originate from the 2003 study; all other specimens labeled

as “opaque”, “opaque mini”, or “translusc.[ent][sic] mini” sticky trap were captured on

colourless translucent large or mini boards). Six short (1.5 m) poles were set out in each

of six aspen stands in early to mid June 2004 (Cochrane—32 days, Hearst-31, Mattawa—20,

McKerrow-20, Pancake Bay—21, Shabaqua Corners—35) and in one stand in late May in

2005 (Sault Ste. Marie—96).

Malaise traps fitted with ethanol collection heads were erected on or near the plots

in the White River research area (Block 6) in 2003. Live adults were collected into 70%

ethanol. Others were transported to the laboratory in screened tubes for further observation

in either a flight cage supplied with an aspen branch or in Petri plates.

Immature stages were obtained from a decrepit standing trembling aspen

(Dubreuilville: no leaves and only main branches remaining, bark in lower stem still

photosynthetic). The tree was felled and strips of bark and inner bark (bast) were removed

on 20 May and 2 June 2005 from an original height of about 8—10 m and transported in

pails to the laboratory. Previously, in 2003, a small sample of aspen branches from a broken

crown from this site had been held in the laboratory and yielded adult scolytid beetles but

no strongylophthalmyiid flies.

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

Field sites. Significant observations or collections were made at three other sites besides

the main study site at White River (Mosley et al. 2006): 1—Dubreuilville, Ontario (~35 km

WSW, several visits, 2003-2005) was a short distance off the side of the highway and the

source of immatures of Strongylophthalmyia; 2—Thessalon, Ontario (~95 km NNE, 18 June

2004) was also a roadside site of dense regrowth of trembling aspen where an aggregation

of S. pengellyi was observed; 3—Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario (Baseline Rd., 21 May—25 August

2005) was an old disturbed, regrowth stand of mostly aspen and a modest source of both

species of Strongylophthalmyia on sticky traps near recently blown down aspens.

Statistical analysis. The influence of colour and height on fly captures of the mini sticky

boards in 2003 (SigmaStat, Windows Version 3.10.0, Systat Software Inc., Richmond, CA)

was tested on accumulated seasonal counts for each board (pole-height-colour combination).

Normality and homogeneity of variances for two-way ANOVA could not be achieved after

transformation so nonparametric techniques were used. Count data for the four boards

of each height on each pole (n=24) were combined for tests of the effect of height. Data

for the two boards of each colour on each pole (n=24) were combined to test for effects

of colour. Nonparametric Kruskal-Wallis tests were conducted on the seasonal catches

of males, females, and both genders combined. Significant Kruskal-Wallis tests (a=0.05)

were followed by Student-Newman-Keuls multiple comparisons to recognize any possible

pairwise differences.

Results and Discussion

Strongylophthalmyia Heller, 1902

Strongylophthalmyia Heller, 1902: 226, (new name for Strongylophthalmus Hendel, 1902).

Type species: Chyliza ustulata Zetterstedt, 1847: 2427. Frey, 1956: 129 (key,

world); Steyskal, 1971: 142 (key, world); Shatalkin, 1993: 124 (1994: 155, key,

Palaearctic), 1996: 151 (key, crinita-group); Iwasa 1992: 660 (key, Japan).

Strongylophthalmus Hendel, 1902: 179. Type species: Chyliza ustulata Zetterstedt, 1847:

2427, original designation. Preoccupied by Strongylophthalmus Motschulsky,

1860: pl. X.

Labropsila de Meijere, 1914: 241. Type species: Labropsila polita de Meijere, 1914: 242,

designated by Hennig, 1941: 36.

Generic diagnosis. The Nearctic species are small, slender, long-legged, blackish flies with

paler areas on head, thorax and legs. The wing is mostly hyaline, usually with a faint apical

cloud. The ocelli are displaced forward, the vibrissa absent, and the thorax elongate.

Key to the Nearctic species of Strongylophthalmyia

1. Frons extensively yellow anteriorly. Two notopleural setae present and no additional

setulae. Setae of head and thorax mostly pale. Femora mostly yellow, at most with

preapical black band on hind femur and brown band on mid femur. Wing without

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

any discernible swelling or darkening at junction of veins CuA, and dm-cu. Male mid

basitarsus Simple: trirdit)..b. do. te de. welt mech Mes S. angustipennis Melander

— Frons usually entirely black, at most narrowly brown anteriorly. Only the posterior

notopleural seta present but with additional pale short setulae. Setae of head and thorax

mostly black. Femora mostly black, at most somewhat paler apically. Wing with

darkening and/or swelling at junction of veins CuA, and dm-cu, swelling absent to

medium-sized in female (Figs. 13—15) but large in male (Fig. 12). Male mid basitarsus

curved and with angular anteroventral projection (Figs. 3a, 16—18).......cccscsssssessseseseeees

ee ee ee eo ee ee ee S. pengellyi new species

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi runs to S. pictipes in Shatalkin’s (1993) key to

Palaearctic species. Besides three obvious characters unique to S. pengellyi (one notopleural

seta, discrete darkening of the veins or black spot at the junction of veins CuA, and dm-cu,

modified mid basitarsus of the male), it can be distinguished from S. pictipes by its entirely

dark frons in both genders and the complete absence of a dark median band in the wing in

either gender. Steyskal’s (1971) outdated key to World species (missing S. pictipes) gives

more ambiguous results because of alternative possible interpretations of the colour of the

postpronotum. If the postpronotum is considered black (usually but ranges from brown to

black), then S. pengellyi will run to the Southeast Asian species S. nigricoxa (de Meijere).

I have not seen specimens of S. nigricoxa (known from Java and Sumatra) but Steyskal

(1971), Frey (1956), and de Meijere (1914) would have noted at least one of the striking

characters listed here as autapomorphies of S. pengellyi if they were found in S. nigricoxa.

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi new species (Figs. 1—24)

Diagnosis. Small (2.7-5.0 mm) elongate flies with long slender legs; mostly black except

for reddish-brown eye, brown to yellow parts of antenna, face, parafacial, prosternum,

front coxa, front knee, apex of front tibia and tarsi, and white gena and halter knob. Mid

basitarsus of male highly modified. Wing hyaline with brown veins, diffuse apical cloud

usually present but better developed in male; junction of veins CuA, and dm-cu expanded

into a raised black spot in male, reduced or absent in female. Setae mostly black and setulae

mostly pale; notably only a single (posterior) notopleural seta present (setae generally

shorter than those in S. angustipennis).

Male description. 2.69-3.86 mm long. Head (similar to Fig. 4: female). Length about 1.1-

1.3X height, tapering to antenna, occiput inflated posterolaterally; in frontal view widest at

mid-height of eye, width about 1.4-1.5X height. Frons shiny black with fine longitudinal

striations, sometimes narrowly brown on apical margin (yellow to ocellar tubercle in S.

angustipennis male, at least halfway in female); subquadrate, narrowing slightly anterior

to ocelli, widening more abruptly above; in profile, anterolateral corners projecting above |

margin of eye. Ocellar triangle more coarsely striate dorsally, apex reaching about 2/3-3/4

distance from anterior ocellus to frontal margin; ocellar tubercle displaced anteriorly from

postocellar setae by about 1.5X its length. The convergent inner vertical setae are the longest

cephalic setae, arising distinctly behind level of postocellars, length subequal to distance

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

FIGURES 1-4. Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp., head, legs and abdomen. 1-—Left

front tarsus, posterior view, a) male, b) female (scale bar=0.2 mm). 2—Tergites 1+2 with

adventitious suture, left lateral view, a) male, b) female (scale bar=0.2 mm). 3—Left middle

leg, posterior view, a) male, b) female (scale bar=0.5 mm). 4—Head, female, dorsolateral

view (scale bar=0.5 mm). Abbreviations: adv—adventitious suture, ivs—inner vertical seta,

ocs—ocellar seta, ors—orbital setae, ovs—outer vertical seta, pos—postocellar seta.

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

FIGURES 5-7. Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp., male abdomen and genitalia.

5—Abdomen, ventral view (scale bar=0.5 mm). 6—Subepandrial sclerites, epiphallus,

and postgonites, posterior view (scale bar=0.2 mm). 7—Genitalia, (scale bar=0.2 mm),

a) left lateral view, b) distiphallus, dorsal view, c) ditto, ventral view. Abbreviations:

aph—acrophallus, ars—arch-like sclerite of hypandrium, bph—basiphallus, ce-cercus, dph—

distiphallus, eja—ejaculatory apodeme, ep—epandrium, eph—epiphallus, pha—phallapodeme,

phg—phallic guide, php—phallophore, pog—postgonite, prg—pregonite, sep—subepandrial

sclerite, sps—sperm pump sac, sur—surstylus.

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

FIGURES 8-11. Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp., female abdomen and genitalia.

8-Abdomen with ovipositor extended, ventral view (scale bar=1.0 mm). 9-Segments 6

and 7 a) ventral view, b) left lateral view, c) dorsal view (scale bar=0.5 mm). 10—Internal

structures including spermathecae, vaginal sclerite, ventral receptacle, and possible sessile

accessory glands in dorsal wall, ventral view (scale bar=0.1 mm). 11—Apex of ovipositor

with segment 8, tergite 10, sternite 10, and cerci (scale bar=0.5 mm). Abbreviations:

ag—accessory gland? (see text), ce—cercus, ip—internal process of S10, osc—oviscape, sp—

spermatheca(e), vr—ventral receptacle, vs—vaginal sclerite.

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

nll

; OO

< —. . |

one <i

Re =.

i =

! le Paes tee

a a

13 ve

all

ae: as.

_—

a, . an

3 1 ee as

15 .<

FIGURES 12-15. Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp., male and female wings (dorsal)

showing black swelling at junction of CuA, and dm-cu (scale bar = 1.0 mm). 12—Male.

13—15—Female (showing variation).

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

FIGURES 16-24. Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp., electron micrographs of male mid

basitarsus, wings, and photographs of adults in field. 16-17—Male left mid tarsus, 16—Ventral

view (scale bar = 176 um), 17—Midventral angulation of basitarsus (scale bar = 38 um). 18—

Same, anterodorsal view (scale bar = 75 um). 19-20—Junction of veins CuA, and dm-cu

on left wing, dorsal surface, 19—Male (scale bar = 43 um), 20—Female (condition similar to

Fig. 14; scale bar = 51 um). 21—Copulation attempt on downed aspen trunk (White River,

Ontario, 2003). 22—Female “tasting” surface of downed aspen trunk (ibid.). 23—Female

“probing” surface of branch on downed aspen top with ovipositor (Dubreuilville, Ontario,

2003). 24—Female backed into scolytid(?) beetle hole, ovipositor greatly extended but not

visible in image (Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, 2005).

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

to insertion of postocellar of opposite side. Divergent outer vertical seta about 1/2-2/3

length of inner vertical, arising at about level of postocellars. Postocellar setae divergent,

subequal to outer vertical. Proclinate divergent ocellar setae about 1/2-3/4 length of inner

vertical. One or two short (subequal to or shorter than lower orbital), black reclinate to

lateroclinate setulae arising between upper orbital and outer vertical (S. angustipennis with

1-2 usually pale setulae, 1 often longer than anterior orbital). Two reclinate to lateroclinate

orbital setae: upper orbital subequal to postocellar, arising at about level of posterior ocelli;

lower orbital about 1/2-2/3 length of upper orbital arising at about level of anterior ocellus.

Three to six pale setulae arising anterior to lower orbital. Anterior margin of frons with

about 3-4 pairs of pale setulae above antennae. Occiput convex and setulose but with

well-defined concave median occipital plate glabrous except for compact grouping of short

black supracervical setulae. Short pale postocular setulae removed from eye margin by

own length, continuing ventrally to genal margin. Similarly short pale occipital setulae

sparsely scattered especially mediolaterally, much longer ventrally, longest two pale setae

at ventrolateral corner and near ventrolateral margin of occipital foramen. Lunule very

narrowly exposed, yellowish but darker medially. Parafacial narrowing ventrally, yellow

to white, antennal groove yellowish brown, both with brown medial margin, tomentose

dorsally; parafacial densely white tomentose ventrally where meeting gena. Medial plate of

face brownish yellow, palest centrally, microtomentose (often folded or obscured especially

in air-dried specimens). Gena narrow, at its narrowest point subequal to maximum width

of palpus; densely microtomentose white with short pale reclinate marginal setulae to and

curving above posterior brown (dorsally yellow in S. angustipennis) glabrous triangular

part; less dense tomentose band on posterior orbit narrowing posterodorsally; triangular part

of gena posteriorly wide about 4-5X width of tomentose orbital band (not properly viewed

in Fig. 4; only 2.5-3.3X in S. angustipennis). Compound eye reddish brown, obliquely

elliptical, glabrous. Antenna short, yellowish brown (entirely yellow in S. angustipennis)

except arista and dorsal portion of flagellomere | beyond insertion of arista which are dark

brown to black, especially on lateral surface. Scape with short marginal setulae, those

on medial surface pale, on lateral surface black. Pedicel with setulae as on scape plus

outstanding black setula dorsally. Flagellomere | oval, slightly longer than wide, with short

pale pilosity. Aristal length equal to anterior frontal width; aristomere 1 inconspicuous,

aristomere 2 as long as or slightly longer than wide; cilia of aristomere 3 short, longest

about equal to width of aristomere | (at least 1.5X width in S. angustipennis). Mouthparts

black to brown (palpus yellow to apically brown in S. angustipennis male), clypeus darkest,

membranous parts yellow to brown or grey. Clypeus narrow, medially slightly wider than

palpus. Palpus with black apical setulae; other setulae of mouthparts pale.

Thorax. Elongate, black to brownish black, somewhat lighter ventrally; prosternum

posteriorly yellowish; proepisternum (especially dorsally), postpronotum (sometimes),

anepisternum anterodorsally, and supralar area brown, often obscurely. Broad precoxal

bridge with posterior microtomentose triangular plates yellowish to brown, glabrous

anterior section entirely brown to black (black only on anterior margin in S. angustipennis).

Proepisternum with several short pale setulae anteroventral to anterior spiracle near coxal

insertion. Postpronotum with scattered short pale setulae. Anterior notopleural seta absent

(present in S. angustipennis); posterior notopleural seta black (rarely pale), subequal

to tegular seta; a few short pale setulae present (absent in S. angustipennis), similar to

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

those dorsally on scutum; presutural supra-alar seta absent (sometimes present in S.

angustipennis). Notum elongate, transverse suture arising at about midpoint. Scutal setulae

short (longer in S. angustipennis), broadly distributed, mostly pale, those on extreme anterior

margin black, slightly longer; presuturally including three distinct bands (one medial and

one along each dorsocentral line) of 2-3 indistinct rows each, bands merging anteriorly;

postsuturally, acrostichal setulae dispersed in 4 indistinct rows, setulae in dorsocentral lines

in a single row, with glabrous strip lateral to dorsocentral lines (as in S. angustipennis).

The single postsutural dorsocentral seta about 1.5X length of inner vertical, supraalar seta

shorter, both black; postalar seta pale, subequal to length of notopleural. Scutellar setae

black, in one subapical cruciate pair, about 1.5X length of dorsocentral. Anepisternum

posterodorsally with short pale reclinate setulae in broad band narrowing ventrally, and with

one outstanding pale seta near hind margin. Katepisternum with pale setulae ventrally and

posterdorsally. Anepimeron with 4-5 pale setulae. Meron dorsally with pale setulae (absent

in S. angustipennis) anterior to those below spiracle.

Legs. Elongate, narrow, mostly black to dark brown (in S. angustipennis, white to yellow

with apices of mid and hind femora brown to black and tarsi darkened to brown apically)

except dark brown to yellow front coxa (especially anterior and posterior surfaces), front

and mid trochanters, tips of tibiae and all tarsi (apical segments often darker); mid coxa

sometimes yellowish on posterior surface. Front knee narrowly brownish yellow dorsally,

pale area extending ventrally to about 1/3 of femur and tibia; less distinct in vicinity of

joint in other legs. Fine pale setae (about 10) on front coxae not noticeably longer than

coxal diameter (about 25-30 in S. angustipennis, much longer than coxal diameter in male

only); single outstanding pale seta basoventrally on mid (Fig. 3a) and hind femora (S.

angustipennis male with 3-5 elongate basoventral setae on mid femur, | on hind femur, legs

otherwise similar to female). Basitarsus of front and mid leg equal in length to combined

length of tarsomeres 2-5 (Figs. la, 3a), hind basitarsus equalling length of tarsomeres 2-

4. Front tarsomere 4 excavated apicodorsally (Fig. 1a; to receive reflexed tarsomere 57),

dorsal length basal of emargination about 1/2 that of ventral length; tarsomere 5 slightly

depressed dorsally. Mid tibia apically depressed on anterior surface; setae longer on

posterior surface, becoming shorter distally (Fig. 3a), without apicoventral setae (present in

S. angustipennis). Mid basitarsus highly modified (Figs. 3a, 16—18), arcuate, widening to a

broad, flat anteroventral projection at the midpoint, abruptly narrowed and arcuate in distal

1/3; basal 2/3 bearing short strong setulae ventrally, longest and strongest at apicoventral

angle of projection (front and mid tarsi and mid tibia of S. angustipennis not modified).

Wing (Fig. 12). Hyaline, with narrow infuscate area (diffuse and indistinct in S.

angustipennis) surrounding apex of R,,, widening posteriorly but not reaching M; often

with obscure infuscations parallel to veins (more obvious in S. angustipennis), especially

posterior margin of M and dm-cu; veins mostly brown, black surrounding junction of veins

CuA, and dm-cu. Distinctive black “spot” or swelling centred on junction of veins CuA,

and dm-cu, raised above plane of membrane on dorsal surface (Fig. 19), bearing dense

microtrichia on both surfaces (veins unmodified and all brown in S. angustipennis). Costa

running to apex of M; sector of CuA, between bm-cu and CuA, usually reduced or absent.

Crossvein rm arising at basal 1/3 or less of cell dm. Cell dm elongate, reaching to level of

apex of R,,, or beyond; distal portion of M slightly to strongly arcuate, parallel to R,,, in

distal 1/3. Costagial seta absent; tegula with one outstanding seta. Vein A, not reaching

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

wing margin. Calypters (as in S. angustipennis) whitish; basal marginal cilia of upper

calypter pale as long as anepisternal seta, distal cilia shorter and grey. Halter with pale

brown stem and white knob:

Abdomen (Fig. 5; similar to S. angustipennis). Shiny black with black setae; elongate. T1—

T6 without setae in midline, broadly so on T1+2. T1+2 about 1.5X as long as basal width,

with lateral, adventitious suture extending posteriorly to level of spiracle 2 (Fig. 2a). T3—T5

each about 1/2 length of T1+2. Pleural membranes densely covered in dark grey to black

appressed microtrichia. S1 short, trapezoidal, broadly and deeply emarginate anteriorly

producing anterolateral arms or projections; sparsely setose except medial sclerotization

weak and glabrous often appearing emarginate posteriorly. S2 elongate, trapezoidal,

anteromedially emarginate and weakly sclerotized and slightly depressed posteromedially

(appearing H-shaped when cleared), setose on posterior half but glabrous in posteromedial

weak area, anterolateral corners deflected dorsally. S3—S4 roundly quadrate to trapezoidal,

medially weak and depressed except for narrow anterior margin, setose except for glabrous

medial area, setae in anterolateral corners shorter; S4 sometimes with a few scattered

spicules in middle of lateral setose areas (as in Fig. 5). S5 similar but slightly asymmetrical

(shorter right side, lip of genital pouch), setose laterally except for elongate patch of dense

short spicules on either side of medial area, concave within and lateral to these patches.

Terminalia (Fig. 5; similar to S. angustipennis). T6 slightly longer than each of T3—T5,

slightly asymmetrical, shorter on right side. Spiracle 6 near midpoint of T6. S6 strongly

asymmetrical, with oblique heavily sclerotized anterior margin bearing right sensory setula

at apex of anteromedially flexed right margin (in medial wall of genital pouch), left sensory

setula at midline. S6 running posterodorsally to fuse with anterior margin of TS7+8; broad

posterior portion bearing two groups of 2-6 setae left of midline, those in right group

slightly longer; glabrous right side weak, concave, receiving base of aedeagus. Genital

pouch opening at right posterior margin of S5 and extending into segment 3 on right side.

TS7+8 asymmetrical, slightly longer than T6 on dorsal midline, about 1.4X its length on

left side; setose but without elongate setae of T1—T6; incision on left ventral margin; left

anteroventral margin heavily sclerotized bearing right sensory setula at apex and left sensory

setula laterally.

Genitalia (dorsal and ventral in reference to the aedeagus is made from copulatory position—

Fig. 7a; similar to S. angustipennis with minor differences in shape). Epandrium (Fig. 7a)

with short setae as in TS7+8. Surstylus a simple elongate, basally narrowed and distally

rounded lobe, fused with epandrium; setae along posterior margin shorter apically; setulae

densely clustered on inner surface of apex. Cercus elongate with angular apex, widest at

middle; sclerotization weakening posteriorly; apical portion setose with one outstanding

preapical seta. Pair of narrow vertical subepandrial sclerites (Figs. 6, 7a) closely appressed to

posterior surface of epiphallus (in retracted position), running from near base of epiphallus,

narrowing and diverging to anterior bases of cerci. Hypandrium relatively short, U-shaped,

articulating posterolaterally with epandrium; short mediodorsal extensions articulating with

phallapodeme to form phallic guide; additional mediodorsal arch-shaped sclerites looping

dorsally then posteriorly as thin ribbons to base of basiphallus and phallapodeme. Pregonite

obscure, fused with hypandrium, bearing single seta near medioventral angle (base of arch-

shaped sclerite). Postgonite apically narrowing and bifurcate (posterior view, Fig. 6), apex

of outer process a short broad point. Epiphallus broad, with angular anterobasal corners

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

meeting posterior bases of postgonites, narrowing in middle (lateral view, Fig. 7a), with

complex apex; anterior surface concave but with raised, medial projection leading to an

obliquely posteriorly flexed, heavily sclerotized medial apex; posterior surface broadly

convex with a sclerotized, apically setulose, apical convex tab (Fig. 6), which in turn has

a subapical anteromedial projection meeting the heavily sclerotized medial apex of the

anterior surface. Basiphallus simple, gradually widened apically (in lateral view, Fig. 7a),

ventral surface sclerotized especially marginally and apically, otherwise membranous with

strong dense proclinate microtrichia; phallophore small, J-shaped in profile. Distiphallus

long, extending into abdominal segment 3 (Figs. 5, 7), mostly membranous with fine

and sparse microtrichia, erect in basal half, reclinate in apical half; 3 internal ribbon-like

sclerites arising at base of distiphallus ventrally, eventually terminating dorsomedially and

dorsolaterally at acrophallus; “medial” sclerite basally broader than other two, actually

originating on left side and continuing toward dorsal surface, longitudinally split in apical

1/4, terminating in dorsomedial separation in acrophallus (Fig. 7b); 2 lateral ribbon-like

sclerites arising to right side of “medial” sclerite, these cross over bringing most lateral

sclerite (on right side) to the left side, the other from the middle to the right side, both

continuing to base of acrophallus but weakened and bent at midpoint (a flexure or torsion

point; more distal in S. angustipennis at about 0.6 of length). Acrophallus dominated by

pair of heavily sclerotized hook-like sclerites that are laterally serrate in apical 2/3, with thin

basal projections dorsomedially and dorsolaterally (Figs. 7a, b), the latter meeting the lateral

ribbon-like sclerites of the distiphallus; basoventrally converging as blunt tab (Figs. 7a, c);

pair of internal ventral plate-like sclerites, sinuate in lateral view (Fig. 7a), greatly narrowed

apically and fusing laterally with ventral tab. Phallapodeme simple, rod-like, very elongate;

sclerotization weaker apically and at articulation with phallic guide. Ejaculatory apodeme

with narrow blunt anterior end, arrowhead-shaped posterior end (viewed dorsally), latter

with 5-7 pores, supporting sperm pump sac.

Female description. Similar to male with the following variances. 2.95-4.75 mm (to apex

of segment 7). Head (Fig. 4). 1-3 small setulae above upper orbital (1-2 in S. angustipennis,

as in male). Ocellar seta about 1/2-2/3 length of inner vertical. 3-9 small setulae anterior

to lower orbital, occasionally with one above the lower orbital. Ventral postoccipital setae

shorter, with outstanding pale seta near foramen but long seta near ventrolateral corner

black (pale in S. angustipennis). Glabrous portion of gena rarely with 1-2 short proclinate

setulae (as in Fig. 4). Flagellomere | often more extensively darkened, only a narrow band

of yellow basally (entirely brown to centrally yellow in S. angustipennis).

Thorax. Notopleural seta always black (pale in S. angustipennis).

Legs (not modified, similar in structure to S. angustipennis). Tarsi more often more

extensively darkened. Mid (Fig. 2b) and hind femora lacking outstanding basoventral

seta. Front tarsus not modified (Fig. 1b), tarsomere 4 not strongly excavated apicodorsally

with basodorsal length more than 1/2 of ventral length; tarsomere 5 not depressed (but

sometimes as an artifact of desiccation). Mid tibia (Fig. 2b) without enlarged setae on

posterior surface; without apical depression on anterior surface; with posterior apicoventral

seta about 0.8-1.5X apical width of tibia, yellow or black, sometimes with shorter anterior

apicoventral seta (both strong in S. angustipennis female, weaker in male). Mid basitarsus

not modified (Fig. 2b), similar to front and hind leg but with elongate ventral setae in basal

1/3 absent.

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

Wing (Figs. 13—15). Infuscations less developed or absent (female and male more similar .

in S. angustipennis—Steyskal 1987b, p. 777, Fig. 59.1). Apical cloud smaller or absent,

usually present only as small indistinct infuscation surrounding the apex of R,,.. Junction

of veins CuA, and dm-cu with veins darkened (Fig. 13), often with small black projection

posteriorly (Figs. 14, 20), rarely larger (Fig. 15) but never as large as in male. Cell dm of

more variable length, crossvein dm-cu sometimes not (Fig. 13) reaching level of apex of

R,,,; crossvein rm arising at basal 1/3 to 2/5 of cell dm.

Abdomen (Fig. 8; similar to S. angustipennis). Broader than in male; largest setae not

as well developed. T1+2 with length about 1.9X basal width; adventitious suture more

angular at junction of T1—T2, shorter and not reaching level of spiracle 2; medial bare area

of T1 portion larger. T5 narrowing posteriorly. S1—S2 lacking posteromedial weakening,

S2 not appearing H-shaped. S3—S5 more elongate, medially glabrous but not weakened or

depressed. S4—S5 symmetrical, lacking short spicules or lateral depressions.

Terminalia and genitalia (similar to S. angustipennis). Segment 6 about 1.5X length

of segment 5 (Figs. 8—9); T6 dorsally domed, urn-shaped, narrowest basally with narrow

reflexed anterior margin, widest in apical third, posterior margin with shallow trapezoidal

medial emargination (Fig. 9c). S6 widening apically, setation similar to S3—S5 (Fig. 9a).

Segment 7 with T7 and S7 fused to form sclerotized oviscape in basal 3/4, apical 1/4

membranous with posteromarginal ring of about 10 setae; oviscape with narrow weakening

on ventral midline, widening to anterior notch (Fig. 9a), widest in basal 1/3, tapering apically,

setulae more numerous posterodorsally and posteroventrally, small depression laterally

near base, posterior margin with emarginations laterally (Fig. 9b) and dorsomedially (Fig.

9c). Eversible narrow ovipositor sheath (connecting segments 7-8), about 2.7X length of

segment 7. Segment 8 slightly shorter than segment 7 (Figs. 8, 11). T8 a pair of ribbon-

like sclerites with twisted spatulate bases and acute apices (Fig. llc). S8 a pair of shorter

ribbon-like sclerites, curving dorsally at bases and apices (Fig. 11b), basal tips blunt and

apical tips spatulate, each with a series of widely spaced setulae (Fig. 11a). T10 elongate,

with slight basal emargination, apical 1/3 ovoid with apical point, with a pair of preapical

setulae (Fig. 1lc). S10 longer than T10, running basomedial to apices of S8; margins ill-

defined but broadly rounded apically, tapering to acute base; 5 pairs of setulae, apical pair

about 2X length of others; internal medial process continues basally beyond apices of S8,

ending in spatulate tip (Fig. lla). Cerci elongate, sclerotized, fused medially but narrowly

desclerotized along midline both dorsally and ventrally; setulose especially laterally where

sclerotization is weak or lacking (Fig. 11). Sclerotized, short subcylindrical spermatheca

with deep apical invagination, a second much reduced spermatheca (sometimes not

sclerotized) and duct, the two ducts joining before entering the vagina dorsally (Fig. 10).

Pair of sessile, granular structures basolateral to insertion of spermathecal duct (possibly

accessory glands). Ventral receptacle tapered-reniform with annular corrugations. Vaginal

sclerite broad, anteroventrally convex with ventral and lateral projections on anterior margin

(Fig. 10); continuing posterolaterally as pair of weakly sclerotized, twisted plates joined

posteriorly by weak narrow band in ventral wall.

Discussion of morphology. According to McAlpine (1989), loss of the anterior notopleural

seta is a groundplan feature of group II of his Diopsoidea (including families Somatiidae,

Psilidae, Nothybidae, Megamerinidae, Syringogastridae, and Diopsidae). It is interpreted

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

as a convergent condition and autapomorphy of S. pengellyi.

Steyskal (1987b) refers to the presence of three orbital setae in S. angustipennis.

This condition is only slightly different from that in S. pengellyi where one of the setulae

above the upper orbital seta can be quite long. This third “orbital” is clearly shorter than the

upper orbital and is interpreted to be an enlarged setula in this position. Papp et al. (2006)

interpret enlarged setulae above the second orbital as additional orbital setae and describe

a similar condition in S. palpalis Papp where the “middle” orbital is the longest. Other

Southeast Asian species have additional developed setulae/setae interpreted as orbitals or

otherwise (e.g. 4 orbitals in S. macrocera Papp; 3 orbitals and “‘an additional lateral vertical/

occipital seta” in S. thaii Papp (Papp et al. 2006)). The homology of these setae should be

investigated in the context of this modified area of the head.

The pigmented swelling at the junction of veins CuA, and dm-cu may be

developmentally achieved by a controlled enlargement of the veins in this area. The

thickness of the swelling is similar to that of the veins and the density of microtrichia is

more similar to their distribution on the veins than the membrane. The dark pigmentation

is limited to the swelling and the neighbouring portions of the veins.

All reports of Strongylophthalmyia indicate a single sclerotized spermatheca. The

vestigial second spermatheca found here in S. pengellyi (also present in S. angustipennis)

is the first such record in the family. The interpretation of the sessile structures embedded

in the dorsal wall of the vagina as accessory glands is tentative. No ducted structures were

found which could be interpreted as accessory glands.

Steyskal’s (1987b, p. 778, Fig. 59.3) illustration of the distiphallus of S.

angustipennis is incomplete. The distal portion of the distiphallus, including the acrophallus,

is missing as a result of partial removal of the abdomen (personal observation of dissected

specimen used for this illustration revealed the apical portion of the distiphallus still

embedded in the base of the abdomen—CNCI). The acrophallus is very similar to that

in S. pengellyi but the flexure or torsion point is more distal, at about the 0.6 level of the

distiphallus (including acrophallus) compared to the 0.5 level in S. pengellyi.

The aedeagus is illustrated here with the tips of the acrophallus pointing ventrally

(Fig. 7a). At rest in the genital pouch (right side), they are pointing medially (Fig. 5) and

must be rotated 90° around the long axis of the distiphallus to the illustrated copulatory

position (see discussion below regarding mating behaviour). The juxtaposition of the bases

of the three internal sclerites of the distiphallus suggests that the distiphallus has undergone

some structural rotational modifications to assist this.

Type Material Examined: Holotype male: “CAN: ON: ~13.6 km S Hawk Jct., Hwy

#101, 17.vi.2004, K. N. Barber, pooter, bleeding Populus 47°58.15’°N 84°31.81>W”,

“HOLOTYPE @ Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n.sp. K. N. Barber 2006”, intact (CNCI).

Paratypes: CANADA, New Brunswick: Kouchibouguac N[ational] P[ark], 9 July 1977,

J. F. McAlpine, Code-6023Q, 2 (CNCI). Ontario: Same data as holotype, 3, 42 (CNCD;

~8.4 km SW Chapleau, Hwy #101, 17 June 2004, pooter, fresh Populus log, 47°46.41°N

83°28.11’W, K. N. Barber, 72 (DEBU); ~14 km W Cochrane, 7 June—9 July 2004, opaque

mini sticky traps, mostly P. tremuloides, 49°03.1°N 81°12.1’W, L. Rowlinson, 5d, 402

(BYUC, DEBU, UBCZ); ~35 km WSW Dubreuilville, 1.8 km W Jct. Hwys. #17 & #519,

boreal mixedwood, pooter, downed Populus top, 48°17.46’N 84°54.08’W, K. N. Barber,

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

17 June 2003, 59, 23 June 2003, 40, 72, 7 July 2003, 49, 6 July 2004, 9; same location

but dieing [sic] Populus trunk, 23 June 2003, 54, 29, 7 July 2003, 2; same location but

15 June 2004, live Populus trunk, 2; same location but 27 June 2005, standing aspen, 4,

32, downed aspen snag, 3° (all DEBU); same location but 15 June—6 July 2004, opaque

mini sticky traps, K. N. Barber, 114, 732 (DEBU, LACM, ROME); ~38 km W Hearst, 8

June—9 July 2004, opaque mini sticky traps, mostly P. tremuloides, 49°44.7°N 84°09.9’W,

L. Rowlinson, 2; Hwy #17, ~2.5 km E McKerrow, opaque mini sticky traps, mixed forest,

46°17.5’N 81°42.9’W, K. N. Barber, 12-20 June 2004, 24, 49, 20 June—2 July 2004, 59;

Hwy #17, ~4.7 km W Pancake Bay P[rovincial] P[ark], 15 June—6 July 2004, opaque

mini sticky traps, mixed forest, 46°57.98’N 84°44.49’W, K. N. Barber, 119; S[ault] S[te.]

Marie, Baseline Rd., pooter, downed Populus tremuloides, 46°31.40’N 84°24.40’°W, K.

N. Barber, 31 May 2005, 9, 7 June 2005, ovipositing in beetle hole, 9; same location

but translucs[ent][sic] mini sticky trap [trap # excluded], nr. downed Populus tremuloides,

46°31.40’N 84°24.40’W, K. N. Barber, 21 May—7 June 2005, 9, 7-22 June 2005, 3, 49,

22 June-8 July 2005, 9, 8-22 July 2005, 29; SSMarie, Sault Coll[ege] Outdoor Lab,

46°32.06’N 84°18.35’W, pooter, old Populus slash, K. N. Barber, 13 July 2004, 2, 16 July

2004, on Aralia nudicaulis nr. old Populus slash, 2; SSMarie, Finn Hill, pooter, aspen

trunks, 46°31.53’N 84°17.31?W, K. N. Barber, 12 June 2005, 23’, 2, 13 June 2005, 2,

29; ~6.1 km SE Shabaqua Corners, 8 June—13 July 2004, opaque mini sticky traps, mostly

P. tremuloides, 48°34.8’N 89°49.2’W, M. Francis, 34, 59; The Shoals P[rovincial] P{ark],

Prairie Bee, 17 June 2004, pooter, seasoned downed Populus, 47°52.29°N 83°53.62’W,

K. N. Barber, 2 (DEBU #01500192); ~95 km NNE Thessalon, Hwy #129, 18 June

2004, pooter, Populus trunks, K. N. Barber, 47°05.00’N 83°09.40’W, ¢, 52, 47°05.05’N

83°09.43’W, 3, 492; ~11.4 km N Wawa, Hwy #17, 6 July 2004, pooter, fresh Populus log,

48°04.26’N 84°48.45’W, K. N. Barber, 2; White River, St. Basil’s School, 16 June 2004,

pooter, standing Populus trunks, 48°35.58’N 85°16.72’W, K. N. Barber, 3, 2 (all DEBU);

27 km SSW White River, boreal mixedwood, opaque sticky trap, S. B. Holmes, [trap #

excluded], 25 June-16 July 2002, B1 S3, 48°21.0’N 85°20.7’W, 292, B1 S4, 48°21.1’N

85°20.7’ W, 29, B1 S5, 48°21.2’N 85°20.7’W, 2, B1 S8, 48°21.0’N 85°20.8’W, 29, 16

July—7 August 2002, B1 S6, 48°21.2’N 85°20.9’W, @, 2, 26 May-16 June 2003, B1 S1,

48°21.1’N 85°20.5’W, 3; as above but 30 km SSW White River, 25 June—18 July 2002,

B2 S3, 48°19.5’N 85°20.7’W, 24, 179, B2 S4, 48°19.7’N 85°21.0’W, 23, 42, B2 S6,

48°19.6’N 85°21.2’W, 2, 16 June—7 July 2003, B2 S3, 5, 2, B2 $4, 39, 7-28 July 2003,

B2 S4, 9; as above but 37 km SSW White River, 26 June—16 July 2002, B4 S1, 48°16.5’N

85°23.3’W, 99, B4 S3, 48°16.4’N 85°23.6’W, 2°, B4 S4, 48°16.2’N 85°23.3’W, 39, B4

S6, 48°16.4’°N 85°23.2’W, 29, B4 S7, 48°16.4’N 85°23.1’W, 35, 59, 27 May-—17 June

2003, B4 $3, 22, B4 $7, 23, 17 June-8 July 2003, B4 S1, 9, B4 S3, 34, 29, 8-29 July

2003, B4 S3, 48°16.4’N 85°23.6’ W, & (all DEBU); as above but 38 km SSW White River,

24 June—-17 July 2002, B5 S1, 48°15.1’N 85°23.8’W, 74, 82 (CNCI), BS S3, 48°15.2’N

85°23.6’W, 29, BS S5, 48°15.2’N 85°23.9°W, 3&, 79, BS S8, 48°15.3’N 85°24.0°W /

48°15.3’N 85°23.9’W, 39, B5 S9, 48°15.3’N 85°23.9’W, 2, 17 July—8 August 2002, B5 S1,.

2,27 May-17 June 2003, B5 S5, 9, BS S9, 9, 17 June-8 July 2003, BS S5, 29, BS S89, 2;

as above but 40 km SSW White River, 25 June—19 July 2002, B6 S1, 48°13.9’N 85°22.2’W,

122, B6 82, 48°14.0’N 85°22.1’W, 2 (all DEBU), B6 S3, 48°14.0’N 85°22.0’W, 4,

192 (EMUS), B6 S4, 48°14.1’N 85°22.0’W, 159, B6 S6, 48°14.0’N 85°22.3’W, 29, B6

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

S7, 48°14.1’N 85°22.4’W, 34, 9, B6 S8, 48°14.1’N 85°22.4’W, 2, B6 S9, 48°14.2’N

85°22.1’W, 20, 82, 19 July—9 August 2002, B6 S3, 2, 27 May—17 June 2003, B6 S82, °,

B6 S4, 3, 17 June-8 July 2003, B6 S1, 9, B6 S4, 39, B6 S7, 3, 29; as above but multi-

colour sticky trap, K. N. Barber, [trap # excluded], 29 May—12 June 2003, B6 S1, 48°13.9°N

85°22.2’W / 48°14.0’N 85°22.2’W, 23, 49, B6 S3, 48°14.0’N 85°22.0’W / 48°14.1’N

85°22.0’W, 34, 99 (all DEBU), B6 S4, 48°14.1’N 85°22.0’W, 4¢, 82 (GLFC), B6 S9,

48°14.2’N 85°22.1’W / 48°14.2’N 85°22.2’W / 48°14.3’N 85°22.1’W, 193, 109, 12-16

June 2003, B6 $1, 44, 59, B6 S3, 24, 199, B6 S4, 44, 159, B6 S9, 194, 129, 16-26 June

2003, B6 S1, 174, 179 (all DEBU), B6 S3, 314, 602 (AMNH, CNCI, USNM), B6 S4,

143, 4692, B6 S9, 694, 299, 26 June—10 July 2003, B6 S1, 69, B6 S3, 34, 212, Bé S4,

44, 272, B6 89, 8, 102, 10-23 July 2003, B6 S1, 49, B6 S3, 4, 69, B6 S4, J, 82, B6

S9, 25, 29; 25 June-9 July 2003, B6 S3, 48°14.04’N 85°21.99’W, 24, 102, 48°14.07’°N

85°21.98’W, 3, 262; as above but Malaise trap, B6 S3A, 48°14.06’N 85°21.97’W, 29

May-—11 June 2003, 2, 11-24 June 2003, 109, B6 S3B, 48°14.08’N 85°22.02’W, 13-24

June 2003, 2, B6 S3C, 48°14.05’N 85°21.98’W, 14-24 June 2003, 3, 159, 24 June—7 July

2003, 29, B6 S4, 48°14.13’N 85°22.01’W, 11-24 June 2003, 3, 9, 24 June—7 July 2003,

292, B6 S89, 48°14.23’N 85°22.15’W, 11-24 June 2003, 9; as above but B6 S4, 48°14.14’N

85°22.02’W, pooter, on downed Populus trunk, 24 June 2003, 34, 132, 7 July 2003, 2; as

above but B6 S3, 48°14.05’N 85°21.98’W, 7 July 2003, on opaque plastic on ground, 2; as

above but B6 S9, 48°14.23’N 85°22.16’W, 16 June 2003, pooter, base of dead Populus, °,

24 June 2003, on white net on ground, pooter, 2 (all DEBU). Québec. La Ferme, A. Robert,

11 July 1943, 2, 16 July 1943, d (CNCI). UNITED STATES, Michigan: Charlevoix

Co., ~13 km S Petoskey, Hwy. 131, 20 June 2005, pooter, live aspen trunk along railway,

45°14.40’N 84°54.97’W, K. N. Barber, 2; Chippewa Co., S[ault] S[te.] Marie, Lake

Superior St[ate] U[niversity], 4 June 2005, pooter, K. N. Barber, 46°29.36’N 84°22.09’°W,

live aspen trunk, 9, dead aspen snag, 29, 46°29.31’N 84°22.06’W, downed aspen top, 9;

Emmet Co., Mackinaw St[ate] For[est], Linsley Rd. nr. Jct. Hwy. 31, 20 June 2005, pooter,

live aspen trunk, 45°43.44’N 84°44.73’W, K. N. Barber, 9 (all DEBU). Utah: Cache

Co., Logan Canyon, Twin Creek, 15-22 July 1988, W. J. Hanson, 9; Cache Co., Mendon

Cold Spring, 20 June-4 July 1977, Malaise trap, 3’, 32; Cache Co., Tony Grove Creek, 29

June-8 July 1994, W. J. Hanson, ° (all EMUS); Utah Co., 4 mi N Aspen Grove, “1-XIII-

1975” [sic 1.vili.1975?], Populus tremuloides infested with Procryphalus mucronatus, J. L.

Petty, 2, [additional label reading:] Populus tremuloides infested with Trypophloeus populi,

22 (CNCI).

Other Material Examined (damaged): CANADA, Ontario: ~14 km W Cochrane, 7

June—9 July 2004, opaque mini sticky traps, mostly P. tremuloides, 49°03.1°N 81°12.1°W,

L. Rowlinson, 49; ~35 km WSW Dubreuilville, 1.8 km W Jct. Hwys. #17 & #519, 15 June—

6 July 2004, boreal mixedwood, opaque mini sticky traps, 48°17.46’N 84°54.08°W, K.N.

Barber, 292; ~6.1 km SE Shabaqua Corners, 8 June—13 July 2004, opaque mini sticky traps,

mostly P. tremuloides, 48°34.8’N 89°49.2’W, M. Francis, 32; 27 km SSW White River,

boreal mixedwood, opaque sticky trap, S. B. Holmes, [trap # excluded], 25 June—16 July

2002, B1 S5, 48°21.2’N 85°20.7’°W, &, 16 June—7 July 2003, BI S1, 48°21.1°N 85°20.5°W,

2; as above but 30 km SSW White River, 25 June—18 July 2002, B2 S3, 48°19.5°N

85°20.7’ W, 52, B2 S4, 48°19.7’N 85°21.0’°W, 2, 16 June—7 July 2003, B2 $4, 29; as above

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

but 37 km SSW White River, 26 June—16 July 2002, B4 S4, 48°16.2’N 85°23.3’W, 39, B4

S7, 48°16.4’N 85°23.1’°W, 39, B4 S8, 48°16.3’N 85°23.2’W, 9, 17 June—8 July 2003, B4

S3, 48°16.4’N 85°23.6’W, @; as above but 38 km SSW White River, 24 June—17 July 2002,

B5 S1, 48°15.1°N 85°23.8’W, 2, BS S5, 48°15.2’N 85°23.9’W, 9; as above but 40 km SSW

White River, 25 June—19 July 2002, B6 S1, 48°13.9°N 85°22.2’W, 32, B6 S3, 48°14.0’N

85°22.0’W, 129, B6 S4, 48°14.1’N 85°22.0’W, 2, B6 S6, 48°14.0’N 85°22.3’W, 29, B6

S9, 48°14.2’N 85°22.1’W, 3, 9, 19 July—9 August 2002, B6 S4, 9, 17 June-8 July 2003,

B6 S1, 3, B6 S4, 4, 9, B6 S7, 48°14.1’N 85°22.4’W, 22, 8-29 July 2003, B6 S4, 9; as

above but multi-colour sticky trap, K. N. Barber, [trap # excluded], 29 May—12 June 2003,

B6 S1, 48°13.9’N 85°22.2’W / 48°14.0’N 85°22.2’W, 3, B6 S3, 48°14.0’N 85°22.0’W /

48°14.1’N 85°22.0’W, °, 12-16 June 2003, B6 S1, 24, B6 S4, 48°14.1’N 85°22.0’W, 9,

B6 S9, 48°14.2’N 85°22.1’W / 48°14.2’N 85°22.2’W / 48°14.3’N 85°22.1’W, 24, 16-26

June 2003, B6 S1, 44, B6 S3, 34, 62, B6 S4, 44, 49, B6 89, 104, 99, 26 June—10 July

2003, B6 S1, 29, B6 S83, 2, B6 $4, 22, B6 S9, 22, 10-23 July 2003, B6 $3, 29; as above

but 25 June—9 July 2003, B6 $3, 48°14.0°N 85°22.0’°W, & (all DEBU).

Etymology

This remarkable new species is named in honour of David H. Pengelly, a friend and

influential mentor. Dave introduced me to the beauty and diversity of the Insecta and offered

the insight that there was more to the animal world than vertebrates. His encouragement

and support were unlimited and led to a student curatorial appointment at the University

of Guelph’s collection with focus on the acalyptrate flies. Dave also arranged my first

visit to the CNCI where I met renowned dipterists and deepened my knowledge of flies.

This support was expanded as I entered into a M.Sc. program under his primary tutelage

along with Frank McAlpine and then Steve Marshall. A mix of taxonomy and life history

was a common feature of Dave Pengelly’s approach to entomology and is reflected in the

approach taken in the current paper. During retirement, Dave and Fran Pengelly were

always welcoming hosts for visitors to their home outside Erickson, Manitoba—a location

where | first collected numerous Strongylophthalmyia and Tanypeza together. There I took

great pleasure and pride in introducing my two children to a man that had such a profound

influence on my life. Thank you “D. H.”.

Distribution

S. pengellyi is known from New Brunswick, Québec, Ontario, Michigan, and

Utah. The other Nearctic species, S. angustipennis, ranges from British Columbia to Nova

Scotia, and south to Wyoming, Michigan, and Massachusetts (Shewell 1965). Based on

material examined during this study, California, Utah, and Arizona are added here as new

state records. Both species apparently show a northern, transcontinental range within the

range of trembling aspen.

Relationships

Published descriptions of the many species of Strongylophthalmyia lack sufficient

detail for an adequate analysis of phylogenetic relationships. Shatalkin (1996) recognizes

two species groups in the genus: the crinita-group (6 species mostly Oriental: India, Burma,

Thailand, Vietnam, Taiwan, Japan) defined by the presence of modified epandrial processes

100

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

in the males and sexual dimorphism in the palpi, and the punctata-group (9 species mostly

Oriental: Thailand (including S. thaii), Vietnam, Philippines, Taiwan, Russia (Khabarovsk

and Maritime Territories)) defined mostly by a dorsal expansion of flagellomere 1 in the

male.

None of the defining apomorphies of these putative species groups is found in S.

pengellyi, S. angustipennis, or in the Palaearctic S. ustulata and S. pictipes, all four species

associated with aspen. Along with S. japonica Iwasa (Japan, Russia) and S. caliginosa

Iwasa (Japan), these six species may represent a monophyletic group based on the putative

synapomorphy of a haired arista (bare arista in Nartshukia and other Strongylophthalmyia).

Additionally, the former four species share a basally narrowed and apically rounded

surstylus. Further, S. angustipennis and S. ustulata both have mostly pale setae on the

head and thorax and numerous elongate fine setae on the lateroventral surface of the front

coxae in the male. These putative synapomorphies suggest a sister relationship between

these two species (condition of front femur of male not known by author for S. pictipes).

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi and S. pictipes can each be distinguished from their regional

counterpart by the shorter hairing on the arista but the phylogenetic interpretation of this

putative synapomorphy as well as the structure of the distiphallus in all six species requires

further study.

Biology of Strongylophthalmyia

Flight period

. Table 1 summarizes four sets of capture data for Strongylophthalmyia species from

sticky traps set in White River and Sault Ste. Marie, ON. According to these data, the flight

period of S. pengellyi in Ontario appears to be from at least 7 June to 22 July. However,

additional field records are as early as 31 May (Sault Ste. Marie, ON) and as late as 1 August

(Aspen Grove, UT).

The collections made with large and mini sticky traps represent the only continuous

collection data available. All four sets of data similarly indicate that adults of S. pengellyi

emerge and fly slightly earlier than S. angustipennis. Unlike the former, S. angustipennis

clearly continues to be active as adults through the season until early September which may

indicate at least a partial second generation or a protracted emergence. For both species,

more females than males were captured.

Six Malaise traps yielded a total of 2 male and 33 female S. pengellyi over roughly

the same period (29 May to 22 July 2003) as the coloured mini sticky traps (29 May to

23 July 2003) but were prone to disruption by bears. This trapping method also showed

a clearly defined peak (2 males, 28 females) during the second sampling period (11-24

June 2003). Captures of S. angustipennis began modestly in the second period (1 male, 2

females) and a total of 18 males and 16 females were accumulated by 22 July. Malaise traps

collected equivalent numbers of each species of Strongylophthalmyia (35:34) compared to

about a 12:1 ratio (579:47) in favour of S. pengellyi with the coloured mini sticky traps.

Captures from mini sticky traps

Table 2 summarizes the captures for S. pengellyi on the coloured mini sticky

traps. No significant differences were attributable to height above ground for captures of

101

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

TABLE 1. Captures of adult Strongylophthalmyia spp. with sticky traps near White River

(2002, 2003) and in Sault Ste. Marie (2005), Ontario.

White River, Ontario

2002 — 90 poles (3 m) ~3-week periods beginning:

Translucent large boards 24-Jun 16-Jul 7-Aug 27-Aug Total

S. pengellyi Male 24 l 0 0 nD

Female 169 4 0 0 173

Total 193 5 0 0 198

S. angustipennis Male 2 12 16 33 63

Female 3 30 36 37 106

Total 5 42 52 70 169

2003 — 36 poles (3 m) 3-week periods beginning:

Translucent large boards 26-May 16-Jun 7-Jul 28-Jul 18-Aug 8-Sep Total

S. pengellyi Male 9 24 0 0 0 0 33

Female 9 25 5 0 0 0 39

Total 18 49 5 0 0 0 72

S. angustipennis Male 0 l 2 0 l 0 4

Female 0 - 7 3 3 l 18

Total 0 5 9 3 4 l 22

2003 — 24 poles (3 m) 2-week periods beginning:

Coloured’ mini boards 29-May 12-Jun 26-Jun 10-Jul Total

S. pengellyi Male 29 186 13 4 232

Female 32 221 72 22 | 347

Total 61 407 85 26 579

S. angustipennis Male 0 2 8 8 13

Female 0 3 20 1] 34

Total 0 5 28 14 47

Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario

2005 — 6 poles (1.5 m) 14-17-day periods beginning:

Translucent mini boards 21-May 7-Jun 22-Jun 8-Jul 22-Jul 8-Aug Total

S. pengellyi Male 0 l 0 0 0 0 I

Female l - l 2 | 0 9

Total l 5 l 2 l 0 10

S. angustipennis Male 0 ] 5 0 13 23 42

Female 0 0 12 47 62 38 159

Total 0 l 17 47 75 61 201

' four colours (translucent, blue, white, yellow) beginning at each of 3 m- and 1.5 m-

heights.

102

JESO Volume 137, 2006

(pZ=U ‘*S0'0=0 ‘suostedwio0d o[diy[Nu spnoy-uPUIMON-jJUNpPNIS

AQ POMOT[OF $}S9} SI[[PA\-[BPYSN.IY]) SOOUDIAJJIP JUBVSYTUDIS JUISIIGOI ULUN[OS B UIYIIM $.19}}9] JUIIOJJIP AG PAMOT]OJ SOYoywd [eIO} ,

| AjaAnoodsad ‘A[ng Q] pue ‘oun gz ‘oung Z| ‘Avy 67 SuluUIsaq p-| spottod Suiddey yaoM-0M} ,

WIS *] SI ,,MO],, puke WE SI .YSIY,, -p JO Solos UI pIvog do} Jo yYysIOY

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp.

6LS 97 S8 LOP 19 We 2c. a13 RAG Ge ¢ a Sle SP Be IV

weweretic! SSRSU 5S Pek ehbesi se Het at 20 22S sop s aa

ae “Cle GS > 01 aeeozt sega A Gwe tZ ten ou, +

Geer #2 Sc- Ort. sz Pils 2 22> eso 1% Raps? wi ond = USI

GR/e ie Gye B62 Sz PIO] Zl 8€ 86 €1 PLIT O $$ OO1 ZI woonjsuery

ie ol eto OLE CCR Se a SBIC Al Bee ie Sea. §S eS iro B Ee ay

Ce2& 34S 5 0 ¢ ce BEE ea Z vf tS Ea MOTPA

via CSO WEY Cet £eweet 8 it ta 2 2-4 UY MOT

ie GS BE ESS wea Ba est a Mtg aes anid

PC OE Cee ES = EI GS 9 Aw ea4 ve 0 Tl 6% OH Ju ONYsuBIL

ate DIE ve eG 6k & 2 SS IS Al bts BOE OS RE Sl Ve OLS OE eee 2 ES RY

teas oS FE ¢ PP DPESRI f PPZeEe su MOTPA

Die a8 8 ae eS 9 Get Seas SP CG D805 05% oy STH

lee @ | Bl- B8e. 02 OES HEE Oo TLRs > SE wl oni

OD Beco e sh Ae eee Pei 2 oe 8 0 b IL 8 — woonjsuely

2 SEER Peete eel eee eee ee ee eee ee ee eee ers So

[PIO o[PUld eo) Ed TANI

‘(£007 AINE €7 01 ABI 67 -

9 YOO[G) OURIUGD “IOATY oY Jvou spotsod Surdde.y anoy 19A0 spsrvog AYOS TUT poINO][OS UO MMyjasuUad ‘¢ \Npe Jo saindey “7 ATAVL

103

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

males (P=0.120; despite apparently larger captures in the high boards—175 vs. 57), females

(P=0.331), or both genders combined (P=0.910).

Comparing the captures by colour, irrespective of height (Table 2, hight+low),

uncovered highly significant differences for males, females, and both genders combined

(P<0.001). Trap catches decreased in the following order: translucent > blue > white >

yellow. Translucent boards captured significantly more males and total flies than coloured

boards, while females were captured in similar numbers as on blue boards. The side-by-side

comparison of translucent and blue boards (6 poles each at 1.5 m above ground) yielded

28 S. pengellyi (3 males, 25 females) on translucent boards and only 12 females on blue

boards.

Based on these results, only short poles (1.5 m with 4 boards) and only translucent

mini sticky boards were used in 2004 and 2005. All but the Mattawa site (5 of 6), yielded

captures of at least one specimen of S. pengellyi for a group of six poles over sample periods

ranging from 20 to 35 days (2004). Capture data for Sault Ste. Marie are listed in Table 1 (96

days; 2005). Sticky traps of the design used in this study are an efficient option for assessing

an area for the presence of this otherwise cryptic fly. It is possible that the translucent

Coroplast boards more closely resemble the pale bark of trembling aspen trees.

Adult feeding, oviposition, and ecological relationships

Almost all adults of S. pengellyi were collected on aspen trunks with bark still

firmly attached or on recently downed logs or large branches. Very few specimens were

collected by sweeping on surfaces near downed aspen. Late stages of decomposed aspen

logs did not appear to be attractive to either species of Strongylophthalmyia. While also

found in similar locations, S. angustipennis is more often found perching and copulating

on the leaves of the herb and shrub layer. Shatalkin (1993) describes similar observations

of a pair of Palaearctic species known to be associated with aspen: “Unlike S. ustulata,

which usually occurs on leaves, S. pictipes prefers fallen trunks and stumps, on which it is

most often captured”. There is a striking parallel to the field observations made on the two

Nearctic species.

Oviposition by S. pengellyi was never observed but females were often seen

“probing” irruptions on the bark of aspen with the ovipositor (Fig. 23). These irruptions

included uplifted areas where spore tendrils of Cytospora spp. fungi perforated the bark.

The same irruptions were often “tasted” with the labellum (similar to Fig. 22) by both

genders. Though not quantified in any way, there was an evident prevalence of bleeds

caused by these pathogenic fungi as well as by Entoleuca mammata (Wahlenberg: Fr.) J.

D. Rogers & Y.-M. Ju on the trees, snags, and downed logs and branches of aspen stands

yielding adults of S. pengellyi. Small bleeds were attractive to both species of fly.

One female S. pengellyi was observed backing into a (scolytid?) beetle hole for

an extended period of time with her ovipositor greatly extended (Fig. 24). There was

also another observation of a female orienting to a beetle hole and walking “excitedly”

sideways in an arc with its head oriented to the hole at about a 2 cm distance (Dubreuilville—

2005). Both holes were too large to be produced by the scolytid Procryphalus mucronatus

(LeConte), which was reared from aspen branches (Dubreuilville—2003; first record for

Ontario, D. E. Bright, pers. comm.; vouchers deposited at CNCI and GLFC). The holes

were more likely made by 7rypodendron retusum (LeConte). Trypophloeus populi Hopkins

has not yet been recorded from Ontario or Québec (Wood 1982; Bright 1976).

104

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

These latter observations suggest an association of Nearctic Strongylophthalmyia

with scolytids. The three specimens of S. pengellyi from Aspen Grove, Utah were collected

on aspen trees attacked by P. mucronatus with two indicating the presence of 7. populi as

well. Of the two species of scolytids studied by Petty (1977), P. mucronatus is likely too

small to produce tunnels or exit holes that would allow adults of S. pengellyi to emerge. But

since this smaller scolytid is considered to be secondary to attacks by other beetles such as

T. populi (Petty 1977), emergence exits for flies are not likely to be limited. In this study,

I encountered only 7. retusum (Dubreuilville, including one reared specimen, Sault Ste.

Marie, ON, and Sault Ste. Marie, MI), a species also recorded by Petty (1977) from trees

attacked by P. mucronatus. |

Many other insects, especially Diptera (Cecidomyiidae, Dolichopodidae,

Empididae, Lonchaeidae, Otitidae, Clusiidae, Odiniidae, Aulacigastridae) and Coleoptera

(especially Nitidulidae, Staphylinidae) were encountered on the same aspen surfaces as S.

pengellyi. Adult Tachypeza spp. (Empididae) were often mistaken for S. pengellyi but the

former have a much faster, erratic movement. Both types of flies might be mistaken for ants

by a casual non-entomologist observer.

Larval habitat

A total of 22 larvae of Strongylophthalmyia were obtained from the early collection

of aspen bark held in emergence pails (20 May 2005). Eleven of these pupariated and eight

produced adults of S. angustipennis (6 males, 2 females: formation of puparia 24-27 May;

adult emergence 11-15 June). The second collection (2 June 2005) yielded two more larval

specimens and 14 adults (10 males, 4 females, adult emergence from 16-29 June 2005) of

S. angustipennis.

With no evidence to the contrary, it is likely that all the larval specimens that either

died or were preserved are also S. angustipennis and that the microhabitat of S. pengellyi

was missed during the sampling. It is nonetheless presumed that both Nearctic species

of Strongylophthalmyia overwinter as mature or nearly mature larvae under the bark of

trembling aspen.

This is the first record of the larva of S. angustipennis. It is characterized by

biramous anterior spiracles as described for S. ustulata (Krivosheina 1984) and for Janypeza

longimana Fallén (Foote 1970). No other descriptions of Strongylophthalmyia larvae are

available but this suggests that biramous anterior spiracles are a groundplan feature of the

Strongylophthalmyiidae.

Movements of wings and abdomen

Both species of Strongylophthalmyia were often seen on the same aspen log (White

River, Block 6 Site 4). Interactions between genders and species of Strongylophthalmyia

often involved abrupt forward movements of one or usually both wings. This behaviour

was vigourous between females and particularly between male and female (male-male

interactions were rarely observed) usually involving runs directed by the female at the

circling male.

One observation of a group of S. pengellyi, numbering about 8 specimens of mixed

gender, was made on a small aspen tree of about 20 cm diameter (DBH) (Thessalon). These

flies were very actively running and confined to an area of about 10-12 cm diameter at a

105

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

height of about 3 m. Although no copulations were observed, one-on-one interactions were

frequent. Clusters of mixed gender may be more common at greater heights than generally

accessible to an observer. At lower heights, mostly individual females are observed, which

are possibly already mated and are searching for oviposition sites.

In the laboratory, captive flies in Petri plates of both genders were seen to bob and

vibrate the abdomen in a vertical plane. This was usually associated with forward wing

movements but more generally with agitation or excitement when orienting to each other.

Males also occasionally arch the abdomen upward which is likely required to remove the

elongate aedeagus from the genital pouch as suggested by Shatalkin (1993).

Mating behaviour

Observations supported by photographs were made on copulating pairs of S.

angustipennis in Petri plates. The male uses the hind trochanters and bases of the hind

femora to squeeze the female ovipositor laterally at the base of the oviscape (segment 7).

The male hind tibiae are tightly appressed to each other and flexed against the hind femora

which brings the apices of the tibiae up against the posteroventral surface of the female

sternite 6. The apices of the mid tibiae may rest dorsolaterally on the female abdomen in

the vicinity of segment 4 with the mid tarsi dangling down from the sides of her abdomen.

The front tibiae reach over the wing base of the female and the tarsi drape over the scutal

/ pleural area toward the postpronota or the front coxae of the female. The male sternites

may flex along the medial concave weakening to assist in stabilizing the female abdomen in

a medial position. This surface is tightly appressed to the female ovipositor as the female

abdomen is flexed upward at nearly 90° between segments 6-7.

Though only seen once fleetingly under magnification, the posture of S. pengellyi is

very similar except the curvature of the mid basitarsus allows it to wrap more conformingly

to the contour of the female abdomen and only the apical four segments of the tarsus dangle

down. No functional explanation for the modifications of the male front tarsus was noted.

Males were never observed to use their legs in any obvious courtship display. The male of

S. pengellyi was also seen to bring the wings forward at about a 45° angle anteroventrally

toward the female’s head (Fig. 21) on each of two occasions when copulatory attempts

were observed. This may allow the female to see the black spot on the wing of the male

as has been suggested recently for a dolichopodid with a similar behaviour (Sat6 2006).

Such ornamentation of the wing, or “badge” sensu Zimmer et al. (2003), is common in the

Diptera but the location in S. pengellyi is at least unusual if not unique. During the many

prolonged copulations observed of S. angustipennis, the male flexed the wings to such a

position less frequently and only briefly.

Internally, as observed in one cleared preparation of an in copula pair of S.

angustipennis, the acrophallus reaches the anteroventral vaginal sclerite of the female, the

tips of the “hooks” reaching the level of the ventral receptacle. Though located within

segment 6 in this preparation, these structures of the female would likely have to be located,

at least temporarily, within the oviscape (segment 7) before the male squeezes the oviscape

with its hind legs.

106

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

Acknowledgements

Some institutions not listed here confirmed that their holdings did not include

specimens of S. pengellyi. Helpful comments on previous drafts were given by M. Buck, S.

A. Marshall, (DEBU), and J. H. Skevington (CNCI). Ontario Parks, Research and Planning

Section, (W. J. Crins, contact), included me on the collection permit issued to S. A. Marshall

for provincially administered and protected areas. S. B. Holmes (GLFC) provided access to

some of the collection data for Strongylophthalmyia species. M. Francis and L. Rowlinson

(Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources, Sault Ste. Marie) set out traps in northern locations.

M. T. Dumas (GLFC) identified the fungi on aspen and C. N. Davis (GLFC) took scanning

electron micrographs. Domtar Inc., and Ontario Living Legacy Trust provided financial

and in-kind resources for the establishment of the White River site (through S. B. Holmes).

The Canadian Forest Service, GLFC, provided field support and laboratory space. S. A.

Marshall provided use of microscopic drawing facilities.

References

Barraclough, D. A. 2000. The identity of Strongylophthalmyia Heller species (Diptera:

Schizophora: Strongylophthalmytidae) described from the Afrotropical Region,

and their transfer to the family Clusiidae. Annals of the Natal Museum 41: 103—

106.

Bright, D. E., Jr. 1976. The insects and arachnids of Canada. Part 2. The bark beetles of

Canada and Alaska, Coleoptera: Scolytidae. Biosystematics Research Institute,

Research Branch, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario. 241 pp.

de Meijere, J. C. H. 1914. Studien iiber siidostasiatische Dipteren. IX. Tijdschrift voor

Entomologie 57: 137-168, 169-275, pls. 5—7.

Evenhuis, N. L. 1989. 58. Family Strongylophthalmytidae. p. 472 Jn Catalog of the Diptera

of the Australasian and Oceanian Regions. Bishop Museum Special Publication

86. N. L. Evenhuis (ed.), Bishop Museum Press and E. J. Brill, Honolulu. 1155

Pp.

Evenhuis, N. L. and G. A. Samuelson. 2006. Abbreviations for Insect and Spider Collections

of the World. Bishop Museum, Honolulu. http://hbs.bishopmuseum.org/codens/

codens-inst.html (page last accessed 30 December 2006).

Foote, B. A. 1970. The larvae of Tanypeza longimana (Diptera: Tanypezidae). Annals of the

Entomological Society of America 63: 235—238.

Frey, R. 1956. Studien iiber ostasiatische Dipteren. V. Psilidae, Megamerinidae. Notulae

Entomologicae 35 (1955): 122—137.

Griffiths, G. C. D. 1972. The phylogenetic classification of the Diptera Cyclorrhapha, with

special reference to the structure of the male postabdomen. Series Entomologica,

8. Dr. W. Junk, N. V., The Hague. 340 pp.

Heller, K. M. 1902. Strongylophthalmyia nom. nov. fiir Strongylophthalmus Hendel. Wiener

Entomologische Zeitung 21: 226.

Hendel, F. 1902. Strongylophthalmus, eine neue Gattung der Psiliden (Dipt.). Wiener

Entomologische Zeitung 21: 179-181.

107

Barber JESO Volume 137, 2006

Hennig, W. 1940. Aussereuropadische Psiliden und Platystomiden im Deutschen

Entomologischen Institut (Diptera). Arbeiten tiber Morphologische und

Taxonomische Entomologie aus Berlin—Dahlem 7: 304-318.

Hennig, W. 1941. 41. Psilidae. /n Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen Region, Vol. 5, Lieferung

140, E. Lindner (ed.), Schweizerbart, Stuttgart. 38 pp.

Hennig, W. 1958. Die Familien der Diptera Schizophora und ihre phylogenetischen

Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen. Beitrage zur Entomologie 8: 505—688.

Iwasa, M. 1992. The genus Strongylophthalmyia Heller (Diptera, Strongylophthalmytidae)

from Japan, with descriptions of two new species. Japanese Journal of Entomology

60: 660-666.

Iwasa, M. 1998. 3.10. Family Strongylophthalmyiidae. pp. 173-175 /n Contributions

to a Manual of Palaearctic Diptera (with special reference to flies of economic

importance). Vol. 3, Higher Brachycera. L. Papp and B. Darvas (eds.), Science

Herald, Budapest. 978 pp.

Krivosheina, N. P. 1981. New Palearctic species of Diptera of the genus Strongylophthalmyia

Hell. (Diptera, Strongylophthalmyiidae). Entomological Review 60: 162-165

(originally published in 1981, Entomologicheskoe Obozrenie 60: 183-186).

Krivosheina, N. P. 1984. Family Strongylophthalmyiidae. pp. 27-28 /n Catalogue of

Palaearctic Diptera. Vol. 9. Micropezidae—Agromyzidae. A. Sods and L. Papp

(eds.), Akadémiai Kiad6, Budapest. 460 pp.

McAlpine, D. K. 1997. Gobryidae, a new family of acalyptrate flies (Diptera: Diopsoidea),

and a discussion of relationships of the diopsoid families. Records of the Australian

Museum, 49: 167-194.

McAlpine, J. F. 1981. Morphology and terminology — adults. pp. 9-63 /n Manual of Nearctic

Diptera. Vol. 1. J. F. McAlpine, B. V. Peterson, G. E. Shewell, H. J. Teskey, J. R.

Vockeroth, and D.M. Wood (coordinators), Research Branch, Agriculture Canada,

Monograph No. 27. pp. 1-674.

McAlpine, J. F. 1989. Phylogeny and classification of the Muscomorpha. pp. 1397-1518

In Manual of Nearctic Diptera. Vol. 3. J. F. McAlpine (ed.) and D. M. Wood.

Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Monograph No. 32. pp. 1333-1581.

Mosley, E., S. B. Holmes, and E. Nol. 2006. Songbird diversity and movement in upland and

riparian habitats in the boreal mixedwood forest of northeastern Ontario. Canadian

Journal of Forest Research 36: 1149-1164.

Motschulsky, V. de. 1860. Coléoptéres rapportés de la Siberie orientale et notamment des

pays situés sur les bords du fleuve Amour par MM Schrenck, Maack, Ditmar,

Voznessensli, etc. /n Band 2, Lieferung 2. Coleopteren. L. von Schrenck. Reisen

und Forschungen im Amur-lande. pp. 80—257 + Ip. [Errata] + pls VI-XI +[XII-

1860].

Papp, L., B. Merz, and M. Féldvari. 2006. Diptera of Thailand. Asummary of the families and

genera with references to the species representations. Acta Zoologica Academiae

Scientiarum Hungaricae 52: 97-269.

Petty, J. L. 1977. Bionomics of two aspen bark beetles, 7rypophloeus populi and Procryphalus

mucronatus. The Great Basin Naturalist 37: 105—127.

Rohaéek, J. 1998. 3.9. Family Tanypezidae. pp. 165-171 /n Contributions to a Manual of

Palaearctic Diptera (with special reference to flies of economic importance). L.

108

Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp. JESO Volume 137, 2006

Papp and B. Darvas (eds.), Vol. 3, Higher Brachycera. Science Herald, Budapest.

978 pp.

Sat6, M. 2006. The use of acute and marked wings in the copulatory courtship behaviour

of Hercostomus sp. (Dolichopodidae). p. 219. /n 6th International Congress of

Dipterology, Suwa, M. (ed.), 23-28 September 2006, Fukuoka, Japan, Abstract

Volume, 354 pp.

Shatalkin, A. I. 1993. Taxonomy of flies of the family Strongylophthalmyiidae (Diptera).

Entomological Review 73(6) [1994]: 155-161. (originally published in 1993,

Zoologisheskiy Zhurnal 72(10): 124-131).

Shatalkin, A. I. 1996. New and little known species of flies of Lauxaniidae and

Strongylophthalmyiidae (Diptera). Russian Entomological Journal 4(1995): 145—

157.

Shewell, G. E. 1965. Family Psilidae. pp. 638-641 Jn A catalog of the Diptera of America

north of Mexico. A. C. Stone, C. W. Sabrosky, W. W. Wirth, R. H. Foote, and J.

R. Colson (eds.), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agriculture Research Service,

Agriculture Handbook 276. 1696 pp.

Steyskal, G. C. 1968. Family Richardiidae. /n A catalogue of the Diptera of the Americas

south of the United States. N. Papavero (ed.), Departamento de Zoologia, Secretaria

da Agricultura, Sao Paulo. Fasc. 53. 26 pp.

Steyskal, G. C. 1971. Notes on the genus Strongylophthalmyia Heller, with a revised key

to the species (Diptera: Strongylophthalmyiidae). Annals of the Entomological

Society of America 64: 141-144.

Steyskal, G. C. 1987a. Tanypezidae. pp. 773—776 Jn Manual of Nearctic Diptera. Vol. 2. J.

F. McAlpine (ed.), B. V. Peterson, G. E. Shewell, H. J. Teskey, J. R. Vockeroth,

and D. M. Wood. Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Monograph No. 28. pp.

675-1332.

Steyskal, G. C. 1987b. Strongylophthalmyiidae. pp. 777—779 Jn Manual of Nearctic Diptera.

Vor 2. J. F. McAlpine (ed.), B. V. Peterson, G. E. Shewell, H. J. Teskey, J. R.

Vockeroth, and D. M. Wood. Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Monograph

No. 28. pp. 675-1332.

Wood, S. L. 1982. The bark and ambrosia beetles of North and Central America (Coleoptera:

Scolytidae), a taxonomic monograph. Great Basin Naturalist Memoir No. 6,

Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. 1359 pp.

Yang, J. and X. Wang. 1992. A primary study on Psilidae and Strongylophthalmyiidae

of Mt. Mogan with two new species (Diptera: Acalyptera). Journal of Zhejiang

Forestry College 9: 446-449.

Zetterstedt, J. W. 1847. Diptera Scandinaviae. Disposita et descripta 6: 2163-2580. (Chyliza:

p.2427-2428).

Zimmer, M., O. Diestelhorst, and K. Lunau. 2003. Courtship in long-legged flies (Diptera:

Dolichopodidae): function and evolution of signals. Behavioral Ecology 14: 526—

530.

109

atid ine het ay

Ye ameiig eae) papers ae mr

ini ay hanes slosh :

pare

inrenpetth Jnisinentiadhbiesbimsalalh ebro tat ho a

1 etpeus a % ' ' me mE

yarttew ev Tisha

i etury + [hig Bap pi? t * Bde fad ake

=) eee a <

2 nm youn ewotd 2h! bun we 2001 F14

ee Aafia onimrerrtnillgn iae i

ain nah our % a ve)

ph prt | ly} \) pdlokp Aad, (Quiros my. odhiden Loeh rits <i

l¢ ti .O! aue hee: “int WD enol 2 A.oalea odin

sunt Supe hoagie ok menaced

| es

mige bad be ptr Rereairiirenne 7:

MS oh Goes tteaate lp bapotodhy’d eh pli

* _ wg Dit disens' Naaleantl ltt oot 7

7 aera WVyece pet ~tdparnpnag’ ott uo tra

i bh 2h) ch eee

Te yt eet TT a <q wibineperenT ater out wo

' . eae s , 1 ied. tree pg Vs Bai aj ain vA} if

"r. ie eel dee ReMi

hescurdby i CM, AS filo th

ahaa

yh ‘ ua + } at th ee) mwiigodly ifrove ri ay ay 7, ,

i bi | @)ac— »/ | 4 ii bs) 4 heh / atl Aula, 4 ae oy p

9? rad : veg Vf he bf da (eeu! ind Rye

‘ eo ay AS oF py

6% edt 21 al eT ent } Mthad abi ~—

: ) iywiene n> ay aerial .e + qabetylond - T a :

3 prey’? vi LL mor inedgith hs Py

bure veer awh Made | pany . A eit f

iki; oohenge oo tumeeiiet “HiW ange &

i az Phesey bi iV ops ilo eby

yer at) ma rypiers 24 pared (otees os mao

#5bof

sgulet iad. AD pieniecone

“Ov. » iS

. sail

cur (ie Att

uy f elven =

‘ia eh

is127.,

“

First New World record of Discomyza incurva JESO Volume 137, 2006

FIRST NEW WORLD RECORD OF DISCOMYZA INCURVA

(FALLEN) FROM SOUTHERN ONTARIO, WITH A KEY TO NEW

WORLD DISCOMYZA MEIGEN (DIPTERA: EPHYDRIDAE)

M. BUCK', M. D. BERGERON, S. A. MARSHALL

Department of Environmental Biology, University of Guelph,

Guelph, Ontario, Canada NIG 2W1

email: mbuck@uoguelph.ca

Mathis and Zatwarnicki (2005) recently revised the New World species of

Discomyza Meigen including two species, the native D. u—signata Cresson (Texas), and

the widespread, originally Oriental D. maculipennis (Wiedemann) (California, Florida(?),

Bahamas, West Indies, Belize, Surinam, Brazil). We here record a second introduced

species, D. incurva (Fallén) (Fig. 1), from southern Ontario (Canada). Discomyza incurva

was previously known from the Palaearctic region-only (nearly all of Europe, North Africa,

Turkey, Caucasus, Israel, Jordan, and Japan; see Zatwarnicki and Mathis in press). Discomyza

species for which immature stages are known, including D. incurva, are associated with

dead snails (Ferrar 1987), although some species have also been reared from other kinds of

invertebrate and vertebrate carrion (Bohart and Gressitt 1951; Disney 1970). Adults of the

three New World species can be separated using the key below.

Acronyms of depositories. DEBU — Department of Environmental Biology, University

of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario, Canada; CNCI — Canadian National Collection of Insects,

Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.

Key to New World species of Discomyza Meigen

l. Wing with a broad band of infuscation from front margin to posterior crossvein and a

broad apical spot in cells r,,, and r,,., the two connected along front margin (Mathis

and Zatwarnicki 2005: Fig. 21). Anepisternum with fine horizontal rows of silvery

microtomentum. Face lacking silvery microtomentum (United States: California,

Ber Rer fy iie, «coo 8 250s deco: gaevensheoe.. Sousawdsdbeustnedssedensvenede D. maculipennis

= Wing with more or less developed infuscation around posterior crossvein, not

connected to infuscation along front margin; apex of wing clear or more or less

infuscated (Fig. 1). Anepisternum either without microtomentum or microtomentum

uniform and brownish. Face with or without silvery microtomentum ..................4. 2

ra Face weakly sculptured, with distinct silvery microtomentum arranged in paired

paramedian lines and u— and w-shaped lateral markings (Mathis and Zatwarnicki

2005: Fig. 20); smaller setulae of face inserted immediately inside parafacials.

Microtomentum present on frons, setulose portion of anepisternum, and posterior

' Author to whom all correspondence should be addressed.

Published July 2007

111

Buck et al. JESO Volume 137, 2006

surface of fore femur. Apical scutellar setae closer to one another than to

corresponding basal scutellar. Fore femur perfectly rounded posteroventrally, with

setulae in posteroventral row more erect, neither crowded nor stronger than usual

(United Staten: Temi) 05564052. excavaudseee rene uaeenidns eee ere D. u-signata

Face strongly sculptured, lacking silvery microtomentum (Fig. 2). Smaller setulae

of face distinctly removed from parafacials. Muicrotomentum (almost) completely

lacking on frons, anepisternum, and posterior surface of fore femur. Apical scutellar

setae farther from one another than from corresponding basal scutellar. Apical half

of fore femur posteroventrally with a rounded edge (weakly developed in female);

setulae of posteroventral row more crowded (especially near middle) and strongly

inclined; these setulae thickened in male (Canada: Ontario) .................... D. incurva

FIGURE 1. Discomyza incurva (Fallén), male habitus (England, Devon). Scale bar 0.5

mm.

Li2

First New World record of Discomyza incurva JESO Volume 137, 2006

Discomyza incurva (Fallén, 1823)

Material examined. NEARCTIC (all DEBU). Canada: <, Ontario, York Region,

Woodbridge, Vaughan Mills Road at Humber River, 29 August 2005, field and river bank,

sweeps, M. D. Bergeron; 2, same as previous except 8 September 2005, field; 2, same

except 9-17 June 2006, bait trap (design see Buck 1997: Fig. 4) with dead Cepaea snails.

PALAEARCTIC (all CNCI). Great Britain: 33, 29, England. Switzerland: 3, Jura; 9,

Ticino. Germany: &, Hessen.

Identification. Discomyza can be identified using the key to Nearctic Ephydridae genera

by Wirth et al. (1987). Discomyza incurva and D. u—signata (Texas: 4, 2, DEBU) key to

Clasiopella Hendel, not to Discomyza, in Mathis and Zatwarnicki’s (2005) key to New World

genera of Discomyzini (we have not studied D. maculipennis). The pseudopostocellar setae

of D. incurva are 0.57-0.73x (n = 7) as long as the ocellar setae (Mathis and Zatwarnicki

state “length considerably less than one-half that of ocellar setae”). For species level

identification we used keys by Cresson (1939) and by Zatwarnicki and Mathis (in press),

covering the World and the Palaearctic fauna, respectively. The genitalia of the Ontario

male agree well with illustrations provided for D. incurva by Mathis and Zatwarnicki (l.c.).

It should be noted that D. incurva does not key properly in Cresson’s (1939) key because

the wing is described as being “not twice as long as broad” (as opposed to “about twice as

long as broad” for the alternative, D. eritrea Cresson; cf. couplet 4). According to our own

measurements, the wing of D. incurva is 1.93-2.06x (n = 7) as long as broad (from costagial

seta to apex).

Discussion. Discomyza incurva provides yet another example for the continuing influx

of exotic species into North America. While some introduced species are detected early

because of their economic significance, a much larger number of economically insignificant

species probably escapes detection for relatively long periods of time. Because of the lack

of active research on Ephydridae in Canada, it is difficult to estimate how long D. incurva

has been established in southern Ontario.

Unlike most other shore flies, all Discomyza species for which the biology is known

(including D. incurva) breed in dead snails (Ferrar 1987; Zatwarnicki and Mathis in press).

It is likely that D. incurva was introduced accidentally from Europe through commercial

shipments that were contaminated with dead snails. The impact of the introduction of D.

incurva on communities of native snail carrion breeding insects is probably low. In European

studies dealing with insects associated with snail carrion, the species was found either in

low numbers (e.g., Joswig 1985) or was absent (e.g., Beaver 1972; Buck 1997). Only two

other North American Ephydridae species outside Discomyza have been reported to breed in

snail carrion, Platygymnopa helicis Wirth (Wirth 1971), and Athyroglossa glabra (Meigen)

(reared from dead snails in Germany by Joswig 1985). The ‘Athyroglossa?’ species reared

by Judd (1957) from dead pond snails (Lymnaea palustris Miiller) in southern Ontario was

later described as Platygymnopa helicis (Wirth 1971). Our own snail—baited traps caught

mostly Phoridae (Puliciphora Dahl, Megaselia Rondani, Chaetopleurophora Schmitz,

Spiniphora Malloch) and Calyptratae besides one specimen of Discomyza incurva.

113

Buck et al. JESO Volume 137, 2006

FIGURE 2. Discomyza incurva (Fallén), male head, frontal view (Switzerland, Jura). Scale

bar 0.3 mm.

Acknowledgements

We thank Jeff Skevington (CNCI) for the loan of European material of Discomyza

incurva, and for permission to take photographs. Wayne N. Mathis (Smithsonian Institution,

Washington, D. C., United States) and Tadeusz Zatwarnicki (University of Opole, Poland)

are thanked for comments on the manuscript and for providing a copy of their upcoming

revision of Palaearctic Discomyza.

References

Beaver, R. A. 1972. Ecological studies on Diptera breeding in dead snails. 1. Biology of the

species found in Cepaea nemoralis (L.). Entomologist 105: 41-52.

Bohart, G. E. and J. L. Gressitt 1951. Filth—inhabiting flies of Guam. Bulletin of the Bernice

P. Bishop Museum 204: 152 pp.

114

First New World record of Discomyza incurva JESO Volume 137, 2006

Buck, M. 1997. Untersuchungen zur dkologischen Einnischung saprophager Dipteren

unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Phoridae und Sphaeroceridae (Brachycera/

Cyclorrhapha). Ph.D. thesis, University of Ulm, Germany, v + 194 + lv pp.

Published: Cuvillier Verlag, G6ttingen.

Cresson, E. T. 1939. Description of a new genus and ten new species of Ephydridae, with

a discussion of the species of the genus Discomyza (Diptera). Notulae Naturae,

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 21: 1-12.

Disney, R. H. L. 1970. A note on Discomyza similis Lamb and other flies reared from dead

snails in Cameroon. Entomologist’s monthly magazine 105: 250-251.

Ferrar, P. 1987. A guide to the breeding habits and immature stages of Diptera Cyclorrhapha.

Entomonograph 8; E. J. Brill, Leiden, 478 pp.

Joswig, W. 1985. Untersuchungen zur Konkurrenz und Koexistenz necrophager Dipteren

in toten Gehauseschnecken. Ph.D. thesis, University of Bayreuth, Germany, 11 +

122 + 9 pp.

Judd, W. W. 1957. Insects reared and collected from the pond snail, Lymnaea palustris

Miill., at London, Ontario. Entomological News 68: 69-72.

Mathis, W. N. and T. Zatwarnicki. 2005. Revision of New World species of shore fly genus

Discomyza Meigen (Diptera: Ephydridae). Annals of the Entomological Society of

America 98: 431-443.

Wirth, W. W. 1971. Platygymnopa a new genus of Ephydridae reared from decaying snails

in North America (Diptera). Canadian Entomologist 103: 266-270.

Wirth, W. W., W. N. Mathis, and J. R. Vockeroth. 1987. 98. Ephydridae. pp. 1027-1047

In Manual of Nearctic Diptera, Vol. 2. McAlpine, J. F., Peterson, B. V., Shewell,

G. E., Teskey, H. J., Vockeroth, J. R., and Wood, D. M. (eds.). Research Branch,

Agriculture Canada, Monograph 28; Ottawa.

Zatwarnicki, T. and W. N. Mathis, in press. A revision of the Palearctic species of the

shore-fly genus Discomyza Meigen (Diptera: Ephydridae). Insect Systematics and

Evolution.

Bis,

rr a ; —_*. 5

! ‘ 7 = yy —

Live is; ae re M3

Punt)” Pig

Le parrin ies 7 }

ries | ~- wd

- ’ ZA

4, 6 , a , 4 ‘ »< fi

é tae _« ; ;

v mie - - bd —

oe os _ A - FT °¢€

- * Q oy @ 2 : oa

portent) se y gt Pic rat > ‘

7 ; 7 é * > *

we a oF “¥ 4 L ' P ¢

Tee coe Pe We | (EAA CE AA eee "see

i ei. Piece mee :

U $y >. 8 ~ we : Jy a 2.

_ s Ar. : ' ; i

' a Cb taj tree iat Se ’ }

Eber a5) i. - + : +

7 ioe ALY - a A, ‘ies

eerie +5 us . a we

— . —_ 7 an : . rp |

Hise! donee | saad

: ( Sus gpa

reek. Yay Lees y Ty i)

lees arom nies, nepal .{ gatas OF: ia PAID S

i Wwenter nt af

Atoms Rn

LIWa wet aty « 4

bw ire “She € ul Dupy 7 tien

‘ re ae

ry 1 ; z \ ‘oer .

. —, : ve bale 2 ot =

a Taken . Zs tet 8 al eist, ere a

poecips sae rr A . o _— ag tent ae ee

“yen 4s. &. el) COD 4457]

Wisin Milena os ifige %

® . = a= ; ,

Aiea a , ’ . ) a's

a ry —

a td

i w<

Neotropical genus Cyrtophorina JESO Volume 137, 2006

THE PROBLEMATIC NEOTROPICAL GENUS CYRTOPHORINA

BORGMEIER & PRADO (DIPTERA: PHORIDAE)

B. V. BROWN

Entomology Section, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County,

900 Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles, California, 90007, USA

email: bbrown@nhm.org

Abstract | J. ent. Soc. Ont. 137: 117-130

The Neotropical genus Cyrtophorina is revised, with redescription of the

previously known species, C. deinocerca Borgmeier & Prado, and description

of three new species: C. kerri and C. zamorensis from Ecuador and C.

gorgonensis from Colombia. The hypothesized phylogenetic relationships

among the species, as well as their possible relationship to Dohrniphora Dahl

are discussed.

Published July 2007

Introduction

Among the Neotropical phorid flies, Cyrtophorina Borgmeier & Prado (1975) is

one of the most poorly known genera. Described from two specimens of the type species,

C. deinocerca Borgmeier & Prado from Brazil and a third specimen later reported from

Ecuador (Brown 1993a), there is virtually no other published information.

Based on the relatively dorsal position of the anterior thoracic spiracle, Borgmeier

and Prado placed this genus in the subfamily Aenigmatiinae, a possibility supported by

Brown (1993a). However, in his revision of the higher classification of phorids, Brown

(1992) reorganized the Aenigmatiinae to include many taxa that were previously classified

in the non—monophyletic subfamily Phorinae. One such reclassified genus was Dohrniphora

Dahl, a group with which Cyrtophorina is herein suspected of having a close relationship.

In this study, I redescribe and more fully illustrate the type species of Cyrtophorina,

based a number of newly collected specimens. I also describe three new species, and give

evidence for the phylogenetic relationships of the genus.

Dedication

This paper is dedicated to the memory of Dr. David Pengelly, who was the professor

for my first university entomology course. Because of his encouragement and inspirational

teaching, as well as the acceptance and camaraderie displayed by his group of exceptionally

talented graduate students, I decided to pursue entomology as a profession, rather than just

as a hobby.

117

Brown JESO Volume 137, 2006

Materials and Methods

Specimens were collected by Malaise traps, dried chemically using HMDS (Brown

1993b), and glued to the side of insect pins. Besides the usual locality label, each specimen

also has a barcoded data label with a unique identifier. These identifiers are given for

holotypes, for easier recognition in the future.

Specimens examined are from the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County

(LACM), Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, Belém, Brazil (MPEG), and the Universidad

Nacional de Colombia, Bogota (UNCB).

Specimen images are archived at MorphBank. Maps of species distributions are

available at www.discoverlife.org.

Systematics

Genus Cyrtophorina Borgmeier & Prado, 1975

Cyrtophorina Borgmeier & Prado, 1975: 85.

Type species: Cyrtophorina deinocerca Borgmeier & Prado, by original designation.

Emended diagnosis. Median furrow of frons absent. Mouthparts, other than palpus,

vestigial, probably nonfunctional, except in C. gorgonensis. Thoracic spiracle displaced

dorsally (less so in C. gorgonensis); anepisternum undivided, with few setae ventral to

spiracle. Foretibia with dorsal row of small, spinelike setae. Posterior face of hind femur

with ventrobasal patch of hairlike setae of two sizes (small and large). Hind tibia with

one dorsal longitudinal setal palisade. Wing fully developed, with costal setae extremely

short. Wing vein R, thickened on apical one-half; vein R,,, present. Male genitalia with

epandrium and hypandrium fused anteriorly. Hypandrium extremely deeply cleft, with two

lobes only joined at anterior extremity of terminalia (as in Dohrniphora).

Phylogenetic relationships. Borgmeier and Prado (1975) diagnosed this genus from

two male specimens of the single species C. deinocerca, and placed it in the subfamily

Aenigmatiinae based on the dorsally—opening anterior thoracic spiracles. They compared it

to the genus Aenigmatopoeus Schmitz, a genus now classified in the subfamily Metopininae

(Disney 2003) and which has little relationship to C. deinocerca. In his reanalysis of the

subfamilies, Brown (1992) did not place this genus, but noted in another paper (Brown

1993a) that it could be classified with other Aenigmatiinae, unlike some other genera

included there.

Upon examination of the specimens herein, there is evidence for a close relationship

with Dohrniphora Dahl, which is part of Brown’s (1992) expanded concept of Aenigmatiinae,

a concept that is not equivalent to that of Borgmeier and Prado (1975) or Brown (1993a).

Characters that link the three Cyrtophorina species with Dohrniphora are the dorsally

setose anepisternum, a row of enlarged setae on the foretibia, a single dorsal setal palisade

on the mid and hind tibia (midtibial palisade absent in some species), and a ventrobasal

118

Neotropical genus Cyrtophorina JESO Volume 137, 2006

patch of setae on hind femur. Furthermore, C. gorgonensis, a new species, is apparently a

transitional form, as it has Dohrniphora-—like frontal setae and wing venation. This genus, as

well as some others in the Old World tropics (such as Synaptophora Brown, Dicranopteron

Schmitz, Myopiomyia Disney) are possibly just highly derived Dohrniphora and their

recognition could lead to paraphyly of Dohrniphora itself. Unfortunately, female specimens

of Cyrtophorina, which would likely add important new characters for consideration, are still

unknown. Further molecular phylogenetic research into the monophyly of Dohrniphora,

and other questions involving the phylogenetic relationships of non—metopinine phorids, is

currently being pursued (B. Brown and P. Smith, in preparation).

The monophyly of the Aenigmatiinae, as defined by Brown (1992) was challenged

by Disney (1993) and Disney and Ellwood (2001). They considered Brown’s two

aenigmatiine subdivisions, Aenigmatiini and Diplonevrini, to be less closely related than

did Brown (1992). I agree with some of their criticism, especially that Synaptophora is

related to Dohrniphora, possibly just a highly derived species of this genus, and should

not have been placed in the Aenigmatiini, but instead belongs in the Diplonevrini. The

monophyly of the Aenigmatiini (as conceived by Brown, 1992) is not well supported,

given the repeated evolution of the limuloid body form (e. g. Brown 1993a). The higher

taxa of non—metopinine phorids, however, are currently being revised based on molecular

characters (as noted above), and it is likely that our ideas about the relationships of many of

these higher groups will be changed.

Monophyly of Cyrtophorina itself is also questionable. A possible synapomorphic

character for the genus is the reduced costal setae, but strong evidence is still lacking. In

spite of this uncertainty, I place the new species in Cyrtophorina until a better understanding

of their relationships can be developed.

Disney and Ellwood (2001) described a new genus, Dohententa, that has some

similarity to Cyrtophorina, as it lacks frontal setae, has reduced costal setae, and is probably

closely related to Dohrniphora. It differs from Cyrtophorina by the larger, thicker, more

Dohrniphora—iike setae on the inner face of the hind femur, the lack of wing vein R,,,, and

by the shape of the terminalia. Probably a number of currently recognized genera would

render Dohrniphora paraphyletic if the phylogeny of the group were known; for now it is

premature to include Dohrnigma within Cyrtophorina.

Within the genus Cyrtophorina, some preliminary relationships can be hypothesized,

based on the following derived character states (see cladogram Fig. 1) polarized with

Dohrniphora as an outgroup: 1—costal setae reduced (primitive state: costal setae longer);

2—spiracle more dorsal in position (primitive state: spiracle more lateral); 3—mouthparts

reduced, probably nonfunctional (primitive state: mouthparts well-developed, functional);

4—midtibia without basal pair of setae (primitive state: basal pair of setae present); 5—wing

vein Rs without seta at base (primitive state: seta present); 6—fork of Rs reduced in size

(primitive state: fork large, elongate); 7—hind femur thin (primitive state: hind femur broad);

8—ocellar triangle with medial depression (primitive state: ocellar region flat); 9—frontal

setation reduced (primitive state: frons with ventral interfrontal, ventral fronto—orbital, and

supra—antennal setae present); 10—scutellum with 8 or more setae (primitive state: scutellum

with 4 setae).

These traits were analyzed manually, using Dohrniphora as an outgroup, and a

cladogram (Fig. 1) was produced. A close relationship between M. deinocerca and M.

119

Brown JESO Volume 137, 2006

gorgonensis

deinocerca

zamorensis

kerri

loss of midtibial

setal palisade

FIGURE |. Cladogram of hypothesized relationships of genus Cyrtophorina.

zamorensis is strongly supported, while there is less evidence for the group C. kerri + (C.

deinocerca + C. zamorensis). An apparent homoplasy is the loss of the midtibial setal

palisade in C. gorgonensis and C. kerri new species.

Cyrtophorina deinocerca Borgmeier & Prado, 1975

(Figs. 2, 5, 6, 10, 11, 18, 19, 20, 30)

Cyrtophorina deinocerca Borgmeier & Prado, 1975: 85, 86, figs. 152, 153, 154.

Holotype. ¢, BRAZIL, Rondénia: Vilhena, November 1973, Roppa and Alvarenga,

Malaise trap, MZSP, not examined.

Diagnosis. This species can be easily recognized by the reduced frontal setation and the

structure of the male terminalia, as illustrated in the original description. It can be keyed to

the proper genus in Disney’s (1994) latest key to phorid genera.

Description. Male. Body length 2.38-2.88 mm. Frons dark brown, broad, with dense,

long, fine setulae. Frontal setae represented by dorsal interfrontal, postocellar, and one

other pair, possibly dorsal fronto—orbital setae (Fig. 2); ventral fronto—orbital, ventral

interfrontal, inner vertical, and supra—antennal setae apparently absent. Ocellar region

120

Neotropical genus Cyrtophorina JESO Volume 137, 2006

C. deinocerca

hind tibia

C. kerri

C. gorgonensis

FIGURES 2-9. Heads and tibiae of Cyrtophorina spp., anterior view.

121

Brown JESO Volume 137, 2006

C. gorgonensis

C. kerri

C. zamorensis

FIGURES 10-17. Terminalia, right side, left side, of Cyrtophorina spp..

122

Neotropical genus Cyrtophorina

JESO Volume 137, 2006

NAN

ANN) Wh

FIGURES 18-23.

Posterior face of hind femur, increasing magnification.

deinocerca; 21-23: C. gorgonensis.

18-20: C.

Brown JESO Volume 137, 2006

WD11.0Omm 250 200um

C. zamorensis

WD10. 9mm

FIGURES 24-29. Posterior face of hind femur, increasing magnification. 24-26: C. kerri;

27-29. C. zamorensis.

124

Neotropical genus Cyrtophorina JESO Volume 137, 2006

C. zamorensis

FIGURES 30-33. Wings of Cyrtophorina spp..

raised, concave centrally. Gena with few strong setae. Flagellomere | light brown, globose;

arista dorsoapical, with relatively long microtrichia. Palpus brown, small, with one medium

sized seta and several smaller ventral setae; other mouthparts reduced to two short, yellow,

setose lobes. Scutum dark brown, broad; pleuron dark brown anterodorsally (proepisternum,

dorsum of anepisternum), yellowish—brown posteriorly. Scutellum with 5-9 setae on each

side, four of which (including most medial seta) are largest, others about one-half size.

Anterior thoracic spiracle clearly dorsal in position, with several setulae lateral and ventral

to it on anepisternum. Legs yellowish—brown. Foretibia with anterior row of about 13

short, enlarged, spinelike setae. Mid and hind tibiae (Figs. 5, 6) with variety of short,

spine—like anteroventral to anterodorsal setae; dorsal setal palisade present on basal two—

thirds of midtibia and entire length of hind tibia. Hind femur narrow (Fig. 18), with large

patch of large and smaller ventrobasal setulae on posterior face (Figs. 19, 20). Mean costal

length 0.64 wing length, range 0.62-0.67. Radial veins brown; base of vein Rs without

seta; fork of Rs relatively small (Fig. 30). Veins CuA, and A,+CuA, complete, extending to

margin of wing; A,+CuA, recurved posteriorly at apex. Three alular setae present. Halter

light brown. Abdominal tergites dark grayish—brown, venter of abdomen gray. Terminalia

yellowish brown, contrasting strongly with rest of dark-colored abdomen. Right side of

epandrium (Fig. 10) with long, dorsal, pointed process and extremely short ventral process;

posterior margin with several long setae. Left side of epandrium similar (Fig. 11), except

ventral process longer and both processes bearing setae. Cercus elongate, deep; hypoproct

dorsoventrally flat, arising within cercus at mid—depth. Female. Unknown.

Geographical distribution. Amazonian South America. In addition to the records below,

the original specimens were collected in Rond6nia, Brazil, and Brown (1993a) reported a

specimen from Pastaza, Ecuador.

125

Brown JESO Volume 137, 2006

New material examined. BRAZIL, Para: Benevides, Fazenda Morelandia, 3, 30 June—

2 July1988, F. F. Ramos, suspended [Malaise] trap, 1.6 m, MPEG, Serra Norte, 4, 25-

28 October 1985, W. Fran¢ge, suspended [Malaise] trap, 1.6 m, MPEG. COLOMBIA,

Amazonas: Amacayacu NP, S 3.82°, W 70.26°, 4, 1988, M. Kelsey, Malaise trap, varzea

forest, UNCB, 2¢, 27 August-2 September 1997, 24, 3-5 September 1997, M. Sharkey,

Malaise trap, LACM. ECUADOR, Napo: Yasuni Biological Research Station, S °0.67, W

76.39°, 3, 18-22 May 1996, B. Brown, 220 m, Malaise trap #2, primary forest, LACM.

Cyrtophorina gorgonensis n. sp. (Figs. 3, 7, 8, 12, 13, 21, 22, 23, 31)

Holotype. ¢, COLOMBIA, Cauca: Isla Gorgona, N 2.97°, W 78.18°, 29 February—4

March 2000, B. Brown, G. Kung, M. Sharkey, Malaise trap #3, barcode: LACM ENT

152620, UNCB.

Paratype. ¢, COLOMBIA, Valle de Cauca: PNN Farallones de Cali, Anchicaya, N 3.43°,

W 76.80°, 8 May—19 June 2001, S. Sarria, Malaise trap, 900 m, CAP—1894, LACM.

Diagnosis. This species can be recognized by the complete frontal setation, setation of the

tibiae, and shape of the male terminalia.

In Disney’s (1994) key to phorid genera, this species more or less keys to

Dohrniphora (couplet 51), by virtue of it having a few setulae near the dorsal margin of the

anepisternum, but differs in other characters given. It also does not match the alternatives

for the other two genera keyed at couplet 52 (Diplonevra Lioy and Psyllomyia Loew).

Description. Male. Body length 2.06 mm. Frons brown, broad, with small setulae (Fig. 3);

all major frontal setae present (ventral and dorsal interfrontal and fronto—orbital setae, inner

vertical seta, postocellar seta) plus one pair of divergent, dorsally directed supra—antennal

setae; all frontal setae of normal size. Ocellar region flat. Gena with few well developed

setae. Flagellomere | lighter brown, globose, arista dorsoapical, with relatively long

trichia. Palpus brown, normal sized, with large apical and smaller ventral setae. Labella

well developed, presumably functional. Thorax dark brown, broad dorsally. Scutellum

with total of 4 subequal setae. Anterior thoracic spiracle slightly displaced dorsally relative

to Dohrniphora species, with two setulae posterior and ventral to it on anepisternum. Legs

light brown. Foretibia with anterior row of 13 thickened, spinelike setae. Midtibia with

basal pair of setae, plus one smaller anterior seta near apex (Fig. 7); lacking dorsal setal

palisade. Hind femur relatively broad (Fig. 21), with small concavity near base, and small,

round patch of mostly smaller (but also some larger) setulae (Figs. 22, 23). Hind tibia with

scattered enlarged setae; with one dorsal setal palisade (Fig. 8). Costa 0.60 wing length.

Radial veins dark brown; Rs with small seta at base (not visible in Fig. 31); fork of Rs

relatively large, narrow, Dohrniphora—like (Fig. 31). Veins CuA, and A,+CuA, incomplete,

not extending to margin of wing; A,+CuA, not recurved posteriorly at apex. One alular

seta present. Halter brown. Abdominal tergites brown, venter of abdomen gray. Male

terminalia dark brown; hypandrium joined narrowly to epandrium anteriorly. Posterior

margin of right side of epandrium (Fig. 12) with dorsal elongate process and ventral long

seta; left side similar (Fig. 13). Cercus and hypoproct deep. Female. Unknown.

126

Neotropical genus Cyrtophorina JESO Volume 137, 2006

Geographical distribution. Colombia.

Derivation of specific epithet. Named for Isla Gorgona, where the holotype specimen

was collected.

Cyrtophorina kerri n. sp. (Figs. 4, 9, 14, 15, 24, 25, 26, 32)

Holotype. ¢, ECUADOR, Sucumbios: Sacha Lodge, S 0.5°, W 76.5°, 1-31 December

1994, P. Hibbs, Malaise trap, 270 m, barcode: LACM ENT 050767, LACM.

Diagnosis. This species can be recognized by the reduced size of the frontal setae and the

extremely unusual male terminalia (with an exceptionally long seta). The wing also has a

number of peculiarities, such as the long basal seta at the base of Rs and the greatly reduced

size of the microtrichia on the wing blade.

In Disney’s (1994) key to genera, this species keys in a similar manner to C.

gorgonensis at couplet 51.

Description. Male. Body length 2.25 mm. Frons brown, broad, finely setose, with 4-4-2

frontal setae (lower and upper fronto—orbital and interfrontal setae, plus postocellar setae;

inner vertical seta absent) plus one pair dorsally—curved supra—antennal setae (Fig. 4).

Ocellar region flat. Gena with few, fine setae. Flagellomere | light brown, globose; arista

dorsoapical, with extremely short fine pubescence. Palpus orange—brown, well developed,

with 2-3 long apical setae and several much shorter, ventral setae; other mouthparts virtually

absent. Scutum grayish—brown, broad; pleuron dark brown anterodorsally (proepisternum,

dorsum of anepisternum), yellowish—brown posteriorly. Scutellum with short anterior seta

(about twice length of short setulae on scutum) and much longer, thicker posterior seta

(about 2.5 times length of anterior seta). Anterior thoracic spiracle clearly dorsal, and with

many setulae extending lateral and ventral of it to dorsal margin of pleuron. Legs yellowish—

brown, except midcoxa dark brown. Foretibia with anterodorsal row of 8 slightly enlarged,

spinelike setae on apical two-thirds. Midtibia with anterior and dorsal setal pair near base,

plus one subapical anterior seta and two slightly differentiated posterodorsal setae near

apical two-thirds; setal palisade absent. Hind femur broad (Fig. 24), with large patch of

large and smaller setulae on posterior face (Figs. 25, 26). Hind tibia with one anterior

seta near base and three enlarged posterodorsal setae along length; setal palisade present

(Fig. 9). Costa 0.68 wing length (Fig. 32). Microtrichia on wing blade extremely small.

Radial veins yellowish—brown; base of vein Rs with one long (0.15 mm) seta; fork of Rs

relatively broad. Posterior veins faint. Veins CuA, and A,+CuA, incomplete, not extending

to margin of wing; A,+CuA, not recurved we at apex. One alular seta present.

Halter brown. Shdconinel cas brown, venter of abdomen gray. Male terminalia brown,

cercus lighter. Right side of epandrium with large dorsal pointed posterior process and

shorter more rounded ventral process, the latter bearing extremely long seta (Fig. 14); left

side similar (Fig. 15). Cercus deep, hypoproct normal. Female. Unknown.

Brown JESO Volume 137, 2006

Geographical distribution. Ecuador.

Derivation of specific epithet. Named for Peter Kerr (formerly Peter Hibbs) who collected

two of the new species described herein.

Cyrtophorina zamorensis n. sp. (Figs. 16, 17, 27, 28, 29, 33)

Holotype. ¢, ECUADOR, Zamora Chinchipe: Rio Bombuscaro, S 4.12°, W 78.98°, 26

June4 July 1996, P. Hibbs, Malaise trap, 1050 m, barcode: LACM ENT 134786, LACM.

Diagnosis. This species closely resembles C. deinocerca, but the male terminalia differ

markedly (especially evident on the right side, contrast Figs. 10, 16), and the mid and hind

tibiae lack any enlarged, isolated setae.

In Disney’s (1994) key, this species keys at couplet 96 to Egregiophora Beyer,

a genus that is much larger in body size, has well developed frontal setae, and belongs in

another subfamily.

Description. Male. Body length 1.90 mm. Frons brown, broad, setose, bare of large

setae except inner vertical seta and postocellar seta. Ocellar region concave. Gena with

few medium sized setae. Flagellomere | lighter brown, oval, slightly flattened; arista

dorsoapical, with relatively long trichia. Palpus dark brown, small, with medium sized setae.

Other mouthparts greatly reduced, probably nonfunctional. Scutum brown, broad dorsally.

Scutellum with 8 setae. Dorsum of anepisternum brown, rest of pleuron yellowish. Anterior

thoracic spiracle clearly dorsal, and with many setulae extending lateral and ventral of it to

dorsal margin of pleuron. Forelegs missing in sole specimen. Mid and hind legs yellowish

brown. Hind femur narrow (Fig. 27), with small posteroventral, round patch of mostly

smaller (but also some larger) setulae (Figs. 28, 29). Mid and hind tibiae with dorsal setal

palisade, but lacking large isolated setae. Costa 0.58 wing length. Radial veins dark brown;

Rs without seta at base; fork of Rs relatively small. Veins CuA, and A.+CuA, incomplete,

not extending to margin of wing; A,+CuA, not recurved posteriorly at apex. One alular

seta present. Halter brown. Abdominal tergites brown, venter of abdomen gray. Male

terminalia dark brown dorsally, lighter ventrally, cercus yellow. Right side of epandrium

with two large setae and narrow posterior process dorsally (Fig. 16). Left side of epandrium

with two large and one smaller setae, as well as narrow posterior process dorsally (Fig. 17).

Cercus deep, hypoproct normal. Female. Unknown.

Geographical distribution. Ecuador.

Derivation of specific epithet. Named for the Ecuadorian province in which the specimen

was collected.

128

Neotropical genus Cyrtophorina JESO Volume 137, 2006

Key to Males of Cyrtophorina species

k. Midtibia with strong basal pair of setae, one near—dorsal, one anterior (Fig. 7);

midtibia lacking dorsal setal palisade; frons with usual pairs of setae in three rows

(Figs. 3, 4) .. ae ce ren See tis ko cenahrenitestt elrdescnnadiceneg 2

~ Midtibia teihing shone ies pair of setae, at most with scattered smaller setae (Fig.

5); midtibia with dorsal setal palisade present at least along most of length; frons

cen semioormcorry all’setac (Fig) 2) i) AWB RR ial Z le csceethtlones 3

2. Hind tibia with three anterodorsal setae and several scattered anterior to ventral setae,

lacking posterodorsal setae (Fig. 8); — seme stronpen (Fig 3)". 12. 62:..2)..2206al.

PRURe TIO TaN) GA). eet Ay, LS Lk Cyrtophorina gorgonensis 0. sp.

— Hind tibia with only a single anterior seta near base, but with three large posterodorsal

setae (Fig. 9); frontal setae reduced in size, delicate (Fig. 4) oo... eccecceeeseeeeeseeees

os Ge ae SNA SRE eh ere ea re oe eT Cyrtophorina kerri n. sp.

3: Midtibia with few scattered enlarged dorsal to ventral setae (Fig. 5); mght side of

epandrium with two long, thin processes (Fig. 10); frons with dorsal interfrontal

setae present near anterior ocellus (Fig. 2) ............sccsssssssssssssssesesessssessssececsecsssessecececees

SE A he Cyrtophorina deinocerca Borgmeier & Prado

— Midtibia without isolated setae; right side of epandrium with ventral process broad,

shos: @'ip. 16); trons lacking dorsal interfrontal setae ...................dc00cccccsssssesceececeseoones

No, IN Os Dh a evsatabunie dabicoctaese Cyrtophorina zamorensis 0. sp.

Acknowledgments

I thank Marlucia Martins (MPEG) and Carlos Sarmiento (UNCB) for allowing

me to examine material in their care. Illustrations were expertly prepared expertly by

Brian Koehler (drawings) and Giar-Ann Kung (SEMs). I thank Vladimir Berezovskiy for

technical assistance, and J. Pickering for help in hosting locality data at discoverlife.org.

Field work in Colombia was expedited by the kind assistance of Fernando Fernandez, and

was funded by National Science Foundation (NSF) grants DEB—9972024 and 0205982 to

M. Sharkey and B. Brown. My research on phorid flies is currently funded by NSF grant

DEB—0516420. Grant DBI—0216506 allowed purchase of a SEM at the LACM.

References

Borgmeier, T. and A. P. do Prado. 1975. New or little-known Neotropical phorid flies, with

description of eight new genera (Diptera, Phoridae). Studia Entomologica 18: 3-

90.

Brown, B. V. 1992. Generic revision of Phoridae of the Nearctic Region and phylogenetic

classification of Phoridae, Sciadoceridae and Ironomyiidae (Diptera: Phoridea).

Memoirs of the Entomological Society of Canada 164: 1-144.

129

Brown JESO Volume 137, 2006

Brown, B. V. 1993a. Convergent adaptations in some Phoridae (Diptera) living in the nests

of social insects: a review of the New World Aenigmatiinae, /n Systematics and

entomology: diversity, distribution, adaptation and application. Ball, G. E. and

Danks, H. V. (eds.), Memoirs of the Entomological Society of Canada 165: 115-

Brown, B. V. 1993b. A further chemical alternative to critical—point—drying for preparing

small (or large) flies. Fly Times 11: 10.

Disney, R. H. L. 1993. Notes on European Phoridae (Diptera). British Journal of Entomology

and Natural History 6: 107-118.

Disney, R. H. L. 1994. Scuttle flies-the Phoridae. Chapman & Hall, London. xii + 467 pp.

Disney, R. H. L. 2003. The dorsal abdominal glands and the higher classification of the

Phoridae (Diptera). Zootaxa 293: 1-16.

Disney, R. H. L. and M. D. F. Ellwood. 2001. An intriguing new genus of scuttle fly (Diptera:

Phoridae) from Borneo. Fragmenta Faunistica 44: 319-328.

130

~ »

. »

y Me.

“Siaioalebs e

Hicsawi ie VS ONS A figntinet ahaenlcadl etborheine ate

ena tow Syag ate Fie Thos dle 400 Hee 3 a = .

bicep 8: U4. 1a ~otes an Runaneir Provider Cpt mor cage umral < ;

roe wrgenay eandarp tes Fy Pst eRe, ign ly Pete girteh Ts ais:

on 4) | 2 Segeiedties five oars hpnenea d& tel, Landen

nd, The doopel at ch ceast wands and tee bigher.¢ cline fi

nite ng potatoes 6 ss

: S omth i sie ced ik el giegulig new perianal

-\ heen terme Mtiguinente Fgantgtion 44 SI S28.0° 55

5 7 . _ * @eth np < r ad

, er of ‘ ae. ff

é M Ve a ve x ae ad 4g? "us

oe _ FF

* - = ; af .

ma. _ .

iad ,

si : ee "ie PSF

; a ie se +

rey 7

q hy ms

)

re,

‘

a 4

+ ¢

a ro

- D4

7% : 7 » s ay <7 oh in :

. i SR ap

ar f ¥

: Raglien ig 2 Ae

’ 7 cock a es

‘ of ree enc tn Oe saat

oe ee So.'*

a : 6 .

s = _ 7 7 of : oy F

Ge wai

e =

_ e _

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF ONTARIO

The Society founded in 1863, is the second oldest Entomological Society in North America

and among the nine oldest, existing entomological societies in the world. It serves as an

association of persons interested in entomology and is dedicated to the furtherance of

the science by holding meetings and publication of the Journal of the Entomological

Society of Ontario. The Journal publishes fully refereed scientific papers, and has a

world-wide circulation. The Society headquarters are at the University of Guelph. The

Society’s library is housed in the McLaughlin Library of the University and is available

to all members.

An annual fee of $30 provides membership in the Society, and the right to publish in the

Journal, and receive the Newsletter and the Journal. Students, amateurs and retired

entomologists can join free of charge but do not receive the Journal.

A World Wide Web home page for the Society is available at the following URL:

http://www.entsocont.com

FELLOWS OF THE ENTOMOLOCIAL SOCIETY OF ONTARIO

W. W. Bill Judd 2002

C. Ron Harris 2003

Edward C. Becker 2003

Glenn Wiggins 2006

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

Name:

Address:

Postal Code:

Please send cheque or money order to:

D. Hunt, Secretary, Entomological Society of Ontario

c/o Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada G.P.C.R.C.

2585 County Road 20, Harrow, ON, NOR 1G0

NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS

Please refer to the Society web site (http://www.entsocont.com/pub.htm) for current

instructions to authors, which were last printed in Volume 131 (2000), pages 145-147 and

can be updated at any time. Copies of those instructions are available from the Editor.

CONTENTS

L FROM THE EDITOR.......<.:c:2.<.t.0:2a snouts ce

II. IN MEMORIAM: DAVID HARVEY PENGELLY 0-0-0000 Sant

_- II. SUBMITTED MANUSCRIPTS

T.D.GALLOWAY.— —Ectoparasites (Phthiraptera: Philopteridae; Acari: Ixodidae) of Con " non

Nighthawk, Chordeiles minor, and Whip—poor—will, Caprimulgus vociferus (Caprimulgifor ~

seein ics im Maamitolba....... ..<..<<:viss<.<s.sassco<ssasesuseskagiineees een Pre 6 205 mc y

R. G. BENNETT, S. M. FITZPATRICK, and J. T. TROUBRIDGE. — Redescription of the

rare ground spider Gnaphosa snohomish (Araneae: Gnaphosidae), an apparent bog speci: al st

endemic to the Puget Sound / Georgia Basin area. ...............sssssesceessessseeseseseeseeeees ear

W. J. TURNOCK, P. G. KEVAN, T. M. LAVERTY, and L. DUMOUCHEL. — Abunda

and species of bumble bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Bombinae) in fields of canola,

rapa L., in Manitoba: an 8—year record. cosesseessncsnssnsonenscsesnssnecnennssnsqnssncnneanenncnnenncnesneenensenees _ -40

J. M. CUMMING. — Baeodromia, a new genus of tachydromiine fly from the New

(Diptera: Empidoidea; TT en

M. SHARKEY — Revision of the Neotropical genus Trachagathis Viereck (Hymenop tera:

Braconidae: Agathidinae). ................:...::00:2.+s.sesessesessseesa¥annesshesnsaseeanielseenn nn anus SE

M. BUCK — Review of the Canadian species of Hoplisoides (Hymenoptera: Crabro ni ae)

with revisionary notes on the H. placidus species group. ..................:cccsceceeeeeeeeeeeeee seemed 63-79

~¢

K. N. BARBER — Strongylophthalmyia pengellyi n. sp., a second species of lez rcti

Strongylophthalmyiidae (Diptera). ...........<:g.-c2:-.-.-:+00-snserssecaeatenseonsseesenenses eae Bie

M. BUCK, M. D. BERGERON, and S. A. MARSHALL — First New World | ecor

Discomyza incurva (Fallén) from southern Ontario, with a key to New World D pe yz

Meigen (Diptera: phy dri ne) cnne eerie a 111. i

«% o

B. V. BROWN — The problematic Neotropical genus Cyrtophorina sits. & Pradc

(Diptera: Phoridae). ...................+.s:nscscssesssesnsssssansensanaensenvasiscansnseataetaa aaa

IV. ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF ONTARIO inside back ¢

V. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP inside back cove

| |

VI. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS : inside back cov

Pepi tse

Tran’

VES UE ur peak

Pe eaye hy See

PYM e REN een ons Cee

vee mere wy

PASUrewest®

toe ren

Mr sary

wane ones

“a

Preteen

oa evepe

See

pea eeas

Soot erry Terr

Ver wed eevee

Wee erp

etary Sanne

SP ame

SP sete

ye ate ae

Fee

VPN A ey

Lh oo es

ety

rnin eens

cl et ent

ey mee

ald

18 MVE AEE Vey ROE OD Or pes yg BN y Moen &

Si eee Eee By mg ee a Ye ota

eens

seo

NSte the oe

eONsy

The ip de

rede vee

FOR Heys OO eae

. woe

PAIR 6) RIDES Bsn ibsantei'Dndi AINA APH, SIAM saya Om HAE wef

Pome AK AGA YON Ongena Ab sme sd id Mylo gies o

ee Oe et Ot ot er ee er ee een ae oe

ro ante Cr oer SPROUTS Ree ten

peeve eet et AAEM GE eat MMe Hoke Tynine aye

ate! iting ts he ea ht

Vr Cc en

ane

WMI ap Opty Ay m8 we eye et alan

POON us OEM Meg tinned y eta vest Se WE Meee song ng tae tein he ty

ee Pecans ADD Be eee

tthe tee we ! i ‘ vee Mae ' We

fee oe Vee wry ne wer eens Orel a

wth yt eae Peres Veg em s naye es

“ee

rey

AP ar ree eta iyes

' Pon As RAY mipnd apoio

PRAMAS 28 Oohe AE We DEEN NIAEEN GO iB) ie itt noe

$ wey Peat] Pe eRe eS a Lek ne aT EL YY or Pe ee mR LUNGS eorod gansane asuteate vigtea Aone

VA PUNE ae geet Stina emer gie h CESSES RAE MAT NS Une m Uh cages Mey nets te ny fey PE eee et

ENA RT Viste oo “abe ver whee Ye MEN eon Waa yy Oe NEM OD Age wh Uy a yete sone on

eit Ns patria Wet itch paeeeerers pata sue yeavir gee “he reiahy hie ’ [ce Cee ee ae ee at NEM Oe ated ee ava WM Dey OAR eT ae EPROM CAR ah ey. ey cast

aks amar ae 2 qe a . ‘WVU wy PL UbUE DOA Sp gore Abend g rrr ' wi eas ale a as

PAYOMTOON pew es tine Ded katy fae wae LANE R REDE LE AACE IFN map Te AME FDA cag ee eheab tne 4 tae we oe : LS ribet babi at me at lt Zp ye ea he M nya ile ata ata! ae

Leer ie ge ie? URS Retyr tags eet tran WEN USNR yee mrt ! : we ves MEO APPAR AL ma See alte were CM ND A) Oh tape age eek Fry Blak bi

eee) PAu erates FV@ARy aeha ak eke n wa Pores Te te iye ates ‘ a) a y PUY OREN AL My age resem A Ae i

“3 were tys ye Pyne we wei eyren aes a Serine Me ep FE UA eee BSCE SONG Ate CUAL De pes bay Whap ere MT Pewee ge Age ehe NEWER mre * a iear AAT Tree ‘ ee ee ee Une GAMBA) sar aror ena tiae wry

Sate eemyye sayin heat mae teeter metas TEU RN Ht MMos US Pedeae rare Met pee EN pet PUNE ATE Mba) Meet ak hE rll GRE IP Aeat sor asa Atl Of Ian ped ed Pe PEAT A NEN PB 8 ALM PERY AL Rts Sp YOU yey

SSE ACEP ee News ur yryene ways yap ter anyra cee nen BY? DS VEMEIVNA UL oman nt eee PASCAL OLS OR aan Ue thts od corer Bays cena teed PAF mel ge Gree beats retrain) peers ray Vener tw ony St WMA ay phe we apm y tN FN AM A8 Me ENON AY YM BH, PIL AtE HD

Fre nage ey OOP SUT UTOMMG Reinert ye gw anit Pree ee NRe EEE ANE Iv oeba yp ett Rit te Woop ya LeME RE Veep UNs SE reve BUS ac ee Cie MNSAE ME whys tay nts ay , tow ny te on PTO Be RY MUM Se an Sanne mys ae SN TRL ORS AE AI AR Hs RULER Mee wm

ee tereurmentens dette ae OSE Wet ay we OF me rhs ye y Fee ee ee TW haat PWT UTNE Aad oe ney SORLEFPAO YP SLI ANLE tent hada tat eb epeepegearteany ary ead 8 ee WW: BALES EAE ROMER MIEN URAY GAELS EAS Mtb Me Np ERE MEMES tay LO terra ry tea mye a ny

sree ORME WINS SUT YS YR Wm ENN BEA? A Ee Ul a hea RUS MELE GON AFA RP any ae pPat ur neue LF, PWIA MASONS ee Ed Gye WELT tinge Le te tg ‘ BUA TTNp Mave op gets yaa ape OAL ita aay tp tye ‘ 480 MEAN Ie LMM Ut at My RNY Ay PAu A Lo Mog ep SH Py AV Rae gg ehy Ay ey any oy

TEP OL Lye Mey eye ye Mer eury ean. Piet aeah YEAe USN Uae TE ee eee BEVEL OE ery CAP UL ett es te bty 4 Yong Og MEM EEN SMES Me AL WSLUNQT ty Saat otf AP Ay * “PRE BoM St MAAR PINE ED Rae Nena ng ay E40 NAN Aigo

ee dbsied Shee ae SPUR CRITE CQ nae Yr ot pEA er Lee yea UF Rar ceavontene eas aby PUR MPP ARO Garon ce et outage Ve DATE ee hye Oo AF Mee ne ore NUON iE at Wt ye gue OME MESES ey END gay REP So oti ty Oy A

pete crete a er ea eat Lene PR een tate Fie ays gs THR Crewe ee nr een WAN aby AUS at nay 14 vay RY era ee EON BEM EES VASA 8 he ts Ra My Mah ADE PAD Big PARP EAN Mg

ror opr Lethe wry yey cue gtan tees rer ne rates Weinitiegt Wor petra te abe eb ae COME EWE EMO te ent ay SA A LSS rey PPR EMAERG SS MA MRYC SE ME ae OP 7 tye MS CRUE ty UL EEA

: ie panes a it ah ree Rene “PMA WO Sheds gn a MET WME GA I AP pag pret nyt

Sree Twrarenutesytyt part a arg La wheter Bee YON WWE DPN VE ea MELEE Wels tae fs NOW PR WENEOE Loan ary rea tara ce Ne Themis pie Apa sey Readirds De Mee TE Oh ae

WNT eetwaye yee " Prt wpe MPa wariiytes ate Wena Ai ard Datta eC Vane cesta wiconeat yay dent ey hh ot th hepa uneneae iden ee

eonaadrathl ace nee eterna Ca ORLA aS Wachter were atte DET nian wee peut yer feats cans vane 4 $90 a4 Vy Me eS SUN NioL et PE WE Cg eu tm eur, Ay

Tye pio did Se Hen REA bie Os Ga Le Le Tr COCR REUSE Se UAT We Ue NAD be ye WES OC te saa OPW Geb ie\eL Fapalegivedan sh Oeneorit Wy AN Ay A AN 8m Ah ate “ty

Verve eoturmge nee pte rive yt Bae ata WEES Re ea eee ME MRRSUEME ree get Wet Wah esate ' Mid Teel es PME OR VM SUPe RA AIC bs meteag ti) AP tty Reh App ten LAINE LY MAY GE MAL ty fie

AY" 7S pe ver us anys Heerrerur yy urge ately ae a ylegytarm ites eaten tee i nM WAY LE Uo WeMeatw AE CaM are mare ME OTM WIE MD Au ike bs YER A Cap BE ah at oe Oa wey te spre tie wae

ene rng Rear eer . it ia : goer poker 5 VOT ME Ee De yo wey VA SS SH MI MND A SAS, AGE Ue Pk, ho ee a eT

ie ron ee MENTE RSW get YEU BS TEU LS LAAT ie ig wean te weet mt VE we UM rp nde at WEEMS AG AS Ww aye ht EAU OM MEY My Au ye leap Ap Syst 0 AUR taro eh

Wr wr ye at Pa MEAN THE WT VE Lampert pe ey YUN UNE Ge WA pe yes Ut ot gait at i Petra neg MA at Mae ts, ere Hy, PETE) Ayal UN as ALZUAB Ad Map Aut Nong tee earner

oer ne SPOUT ATA COTM HEI bean eUr uty Vis eieget A a wh Vidas te ete ey ates ove Wo te Ww Soarye Soh tap SULLA TERM TE MHP aL REA a

PvE eve Us gteny PE We Yer beak om 0 Ye Wage ate en ete ye ya eh He, eueLy PARA Ply ww ri ge Web eg te Lr yabe Pht 9: 489 SPL KG th ac A

Se 7 UW Ve we pty Te EME REVS YUE Ur DEE Urals Ut yey, ear vt aes abit ; if sea vi : ec Sh

BP YQRER PROMO UT UF OTT TUR NE AN atning rue yee VEU We Ye ia arta ay v its iv. s Biyeettns as CUTER ARL us

Pus wee wary sy ae ie a BOW a DPW De WOE EUs pet www as POR ite : Ta sete

PM RE Lower ary vray eurisyeel it mrytge tyr een stat gs | arn

TEUNIUEDINT UO ur Yo Rr URE PW wale Urea ey aan at yt fet! ‘ i

PEN VE WERE VE gd een Le ee gn pee

bedin ace ernibvie eet ween ye